1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function 11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. 12 // 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "TargetInfo.h" 16 #include "ABIInfo.h" 17 #include "CGCXXABI.h" 18 #include "CGValue.h" 19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h" 22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" 23 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 24 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" 25 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h" 26 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 27 28 #include <algorithm> // std::sort 29 30 using namespace clang; 31 using namespace CodeGen; 32 33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, 34 llvm::Value *Array, 35 llvm::Value *Value, 36 unsigned FirstIndex, 37 unsigned LastIndex) { 38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. 39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { 40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); 41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); 42 } 43 } 44 45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { 46 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) || 47 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 48 } 49 50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} 51 52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT, 53 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 54 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 55 if (!RD) 56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 57 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD); 58 } 59 60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T, 61 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) { 62 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 63 if (!RT) 64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default; 65 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI); 66 } 67 68 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const { 69 return CGT.getCXXABI(); 70 } 71 72 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { 73 return CGT.getContext(); 74 } 75 76 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { 77 return CGT.getLLVMContext(); 78 } 79 80 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { 81 return CGT.getDataLayout(); 82 } 83 84 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const { 85 return CGT.getTarget(); 86 } 87 88 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { 89 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); 90 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; 91 switch (TheKind) { 92 case Direct: 93 OS << "Direct Type="; 94 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) 95 Ty->print(OS); 96 else 97 OS << "null"; 98 break; 99 case Extend: 100 OS << "Extend"; 101 break; 102 case Ignore: 103 OS << "Ignore"; 104 break; 105 case InAlloca: 106 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex(); 107 break; 108 case Indirect: 109 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() 110 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() 111 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); 112 break; 113 case Expand: 114 OS << "Expand"; 115 break; 116 } 117 OS << ")\n"; 118 } 119 120 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } 121 122 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. 123 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. 124 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { 125 // Verified for: 126 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 127 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin 128 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin 129 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) 130 // AArch64 Linux 131 return 32; 132 } 133 134 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 135 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { 136 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: 137 // x86_stdcall 138 // MIPS 139 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. 140 return false; 141 } 142 143 void 144 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 145 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const { 146 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a 147 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or 148 // dynamic. 149 Opt = "-l"; 150 Opt += Lib; 151 } 152 153 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); 154 155 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it 156 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). 157 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, 158 bool AllowArrays) { 159 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) 160 return true; 161 162 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 163 164 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. 165 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. 166 if (AllowArrays) 167 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 168 if (AT->getSize() == 0) 169 return true; 170 FT = AT->getElementType(); 171 } 172 173 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); 174 if (!RT) 175 return false; 176 177 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. 178 // 179 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the 180 // current ABI. 181 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) 182 return false; 183 184 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); 185 } 186 187 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty 188 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not 189 /// considered empty. 190 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { 191 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 192 if (!RT) 193 return 0; 194 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 195 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 196 return false; 197 198 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 199 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 200 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 201 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 202 return false; 203 204 for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) 205 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays)) 206 return false; 207 return true; 208 } 209 210 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single 211 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or 212 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element 213 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never 214 /// considered single element structs. 215 /// 216 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if 217 /// it exists. 218 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { 219 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); 220 if (!RT) 221 return nullptr; 222 223 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 224 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 225 return nullptr; 226 227 const Type *Found = nullptr; 228 229 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 230 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 231 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 232 // Ignore empty records. 233 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true)) 234 continue; 235 236 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. 237 if (Found) 238 return nullptr; 239 240 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite 241 // cannot be a single element struct. 242 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context); 243 if (!Found) 244 return nullptr; 245 } 246 } 247 248 // Check for single element. 249 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 250 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 251 252 // Ignore empty fields. 253 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 254 continue; 255 256 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element 257 // struct. 258 if (Found) 259 return nullptr; 260 261 // Treat single element arrays as the element. 262 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 263 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) 264 break; 265 FT = AT->getElementType(); 266 } 267 268 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { 269 Found = FT.getTypePtr(); 270 } else { 271 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); 272 if (!Found) 273 return nullptr; 274 } 275 } 276 277 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has 278 // padding beyond the element type. 279 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) 280 return nullptr; 281 282 return Found; 283 } 284 285 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 286 // Treat complex types as the element type. 287 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 288 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 289 290 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing 291 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32 292 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.) 293 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && 294 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 295 return false; 296 297 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 298 return Size == 32 || Size == 64; 299 } 300 301 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be 302 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was 303 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid 304 /// inhibiting optimizations. 305 /// 306 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows 307 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We 308 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend 309 // capable of handling it. 310 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { 311 // We can only expand structure types. 312 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 313 if (!RT) 314 return false; 315 316 // We can only expand (C) structures. 317 // 318 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. 319 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 320 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 321 return false; 322 323 uint64_t Size = 0; 324 325 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 326 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) 327 return false; 328 329 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know 330 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still 331 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. 332 if (FD->isBitField()) 333 return false; 334 335 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); 336 } 337 338 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. 339 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 340 return false; 341 342 return true; 343 } 344 345 namespace { 346 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific 347 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in 348 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not 349 /// conform to any particular ABI. 350 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 351 public: 352 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 353 354 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 355 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 356 357 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 358 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 359 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 360 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 361 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 362 } 363 364 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 365 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 366 }; 367 368 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 369 public: 370 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 371 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 372 }; 373 374 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 375 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 376 return nullptr; 377 } 378 379 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 380 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 381 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 382 383 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 384 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 385 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 386 387 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 388 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 389 } 390 391 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 392 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 393 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 394 395 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 396 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 397 398 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 399 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 400 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 401 402 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 403 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 404 } 405 406 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 407 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation 408 // 409 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values 410 // are always passed on the stack. 411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 412 413 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 414 public: 415 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 416 417 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 418 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 419 420 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 423 }; 424 425 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 426 public: 427 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) 428 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} 429 }; 430 431 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 432 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 433 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 434 435 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 436 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 437 } 438 439 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 440 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 441 return nullptr; 442 } 443 444 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty. 445 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 446 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 447 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 449 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 450 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 451 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 452 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 453 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) { 454 // Floating-point types don't go inreg. 455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 456 } 457 458 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 459 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 460 } 461 462 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 463 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 464 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 465 466 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack. 467 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) 468 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 469 470 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 471 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 472 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 473 474 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 475 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 476 } 477 478 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type. 479 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { 480 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>. 481 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && 482 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && 483 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; 484 } 485 486 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 487 StringRef Constraint, 488 llvm::Type* Ty) { 489 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) { 490 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) { 491 // Invalid MMX constraint 492 return nullptr; 493 } 494 495 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 496 } 497 498 // No operation needed 499 return Ty; 500 } 501 502 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 503 // X86-32 ABI Implementation 504 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 505 506 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang. 507 struct CCState { 508 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {} 509 510 unsigned CC; 511 unsigned FreeRegs; 512 unsigned StackOffset; 513 bool UseInAlloca; 514 }; 515 516 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. 517 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 518 enum Class { 519 Integer, 520 Float 521 }; 522 523 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; 524 525 bool IsDarwinVectorABI; 526 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; 527 bool IsWin32StructABI; 528 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 529 530 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { 531 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); 532 } 533 534 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const; 535 536 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 537 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 538 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const; 539 540 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const; 541 542 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. 543 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; 544 545 Class classify(QualType Ty) const; 546 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 547 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const; 548 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const; 549 550 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use 551 /// inalloca. 552 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; 553 554 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 555 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info, 556 QualType Type) const; 557 558 public: 559 560 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 561 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 562 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 563 564 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w, 565 unsigned r) 566 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), 567 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} 568 }; 569 570 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 571 public: 572 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 573 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r) 574 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {} 575 576 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI( 577 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts); 578 579 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 580 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override; 581 582 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 583 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. 584 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5; 585 return 4; 586 } 587 588 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 589 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 590 591 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 592 StringRef Constraint, 593 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 594 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 595 } 596 597 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue, 598 std::string &Constraints, 599 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 600 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 601 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, 602 std::string &AsmString, 603 unsigned NumOutputs) const override; 604 605 llvm::Constant * 606 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 607 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 608 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08 609 ('F' << 16) | 610 ('T' << 24); 611 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 612 } 613 614 }; 615 616 } 617 618 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints. 619 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output, 620 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1: 621 /// mov $0, $1 622 /// mov eax, $1 623 /// The result will be: 624 /// mov $0, $2 625 /// mov eax, $2 626 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn, 627 unsigned NumNewOuts, 628 std::string &AsmString) { 629 std::string Buf; 630 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf); 631 size_t Pos = 0; 632 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) { 633 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos); 634 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos) 635 DollarStart = AsmString.size(); 636 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart); 637 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos) 638 DollarEnd = AsmString.size(); 639 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos); 640 Pos = DollarEnd; 641 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart; 642 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) { 643 // We have an operand reference. 644 size_t DigitStart = Pos; 645 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart); 646 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos) 647 DigitEnd = AsmString.size(); 648 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart); 649 unsigned OperandIndex; 650 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) { 651 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn) 652 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts; 653 OS << OperandIndex; 654 } else { 655 OS << OperandStr; 656 } 657 Pos = DigitEnd; 658 } 659 } 660 AsmString = std::move(OS.str()); 661 } 662 663 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers. 664 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs( 665 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints, 666 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes, 667 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes, 668 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString, 669 unsigned NumOutputs) const { 670 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType()); 671 672 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is 673 // larger. 674 if (!Constraints.empty()) 675 Constraints += ','; 676 if (RetWidth <= 32) { 677 Constraints += "={eax}"; 678 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty); 679 } else { 680 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX. 681 Constraints += "=A"; 682 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty); 683 } 684 685 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size. 686 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth); 687 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy); 688 689 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer. 690 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(), 691 CoerceTy->getPointerTo())); 692 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot); 693 694 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString); 695 } 696 697 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be 698 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). 699 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, 700 ASTContext &Context) const { 701 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 702 703 // Type must be register sized. 704 if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) 705 return false; 706 707 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 708 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in 709 // registers. 710 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) 711 return false; 712 713 return true; 714 } 715 716 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or 717 // member function pointer it is ok. 718 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || 719 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || 720 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) 721 return true; 722 723 // Arrays are treated like records. 724 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) 725 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context); 726 727 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 728 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 729 if (!RT) return false; 730 731 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. 732 733 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be 734 // passed in a register. 735 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) { 736 // Empty fields are ignored. 737 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) 738 continue; 739 740 // Check fields recursively. 741 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context)) 742 return false; 743 } 744 return true; 745 } 746 747 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const { 748 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 749 // integer register. 750 if (State.FreeRegs) { 751 --State.FreeRegs; 752 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 753 } 754 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false); 755 } 756 757 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const { 758 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 759 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 760 761 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 762 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. 763 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 764 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 765 766 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in 767 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM 768 // backend will like. 769 if (Size == 128) 770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( 771 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); 772 773 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose 774 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. 775 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 776 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 777 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 778 Size)); 779 780 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 781 } 782 783 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 784 } 785 786 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 787 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 788 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 789 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 790 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 791 } 792 793 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. 794 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 795 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 796 797 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned 798 // in a register. 799 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) { 800 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 801 802 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and 803 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a 804 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) 805 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the 806 // quality of the generated IR. 807 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) 808 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) 809 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) 810 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); 811 812 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead 813 // padding. 814 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); 815 } 816 817 return getIndirectReturnResult(State); 818 } 819 820 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 821 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 822 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 823 824 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 825 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 826 } 827 828 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 829 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 830 } 831 832 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { 833 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 834 if (!RT) 835 return 0; 836 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 837 838 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 839 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 840 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) 841 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType())) 842 return false; 843 844 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) { 845 QualType FT = i->getType(); 846 847 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 848 return true; 849 850 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) 851 return true; 852 } 853 854 return false; 855 } 856 857 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, 858 unsigned Align) const { 859 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI 860 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. 861 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) 862 return 0; // Use default alignment. 863 864 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. 865 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { 866 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. 867 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 868 } 869 870 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. 871 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || 872 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) 873 return 16; 874 875 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 876 } 877 878 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, 879 CCState &State) const { 880 if (!ByVal) { 881 if (State.FreeRegs) { 882 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer. 883 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false); 884 } 885 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); 886 } 887 888 // Compute the byval alignment. 889 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 890 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); 891 if (StackAlign == 0) 892 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true); 893 894 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the 895 // argument. 896 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign; 897 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign); 898 } 899 900 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { 901 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 902 if (!T) 903 T = Ty.getTypePtr(); 904 905 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 906 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); 907 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) 908 return Float; 909 } 910 return Integer; 911 } 912 913 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, 914 bool &NeedsPadding) const { 915 NeedsPadding = false; 916 Class C = classify(Ty); 917 if (C == Float) 918 return false; 919 920 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 921 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32; 922 923 if (SizeInRegs == 0) 924 return false; 925 926 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) { 927 State.FreeRegs = 0; 928 return false; 929 } 930 931 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; 932 933 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) { 934 if (Size > 32) 935 return false; 936 937 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 938 return true; 939 940 if (Ty->isPointerType()) 941 return true; 942 943 if (Ty->isReferenceType()) 944 return true; 945 946 if (State.FreeRegs) 947 NeedsPadding = true; 948 949 return false; 950 } 951 952 return true; 953 } 954 955 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 956 CCState &State) const { 957 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. 958 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 959 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 960 // Check with the C++ ABI first. 961 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()); 962 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) { 963 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State); 964 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) { 965 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later. 966 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0); 967 } 968 969 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain. 970 if (IsWin32StructABI) 971 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 972 973 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. 974 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 975 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 976 } 977 978 // Ignore empty structs/unions. 979 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 980 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 981 982 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); 983 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); 984 bool NeedsPadding; 985 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) { 986 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 987 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32); 988 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); 989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); 990 } 991 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr; 992 993 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout 994 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the 995 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many 996 // optimizations. 997 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && 998 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) 999 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding( 1000 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType); 1001 1002 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State); 1003 } 1004 1005 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1006 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing 1007 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. 1008 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { 1009 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1010 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || 1011 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) 1012 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 1013 Size)); 1014 } 1015 1016 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty))) 1017 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64)); 1018 1019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1020 } 1021 1022 1023 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1024 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1025 1026 bool NeedsPadding; 1027 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding); 1028 1029 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 1030 if (InReg) 1031 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(); 1032 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 1033 } 1034 if (InReg) 1035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(); 1036 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 1037 } 1038 1039 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1040 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention()); 1041 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) 1042 State.FreeRegs = 2; 1043 else if (FI.getHasRegParm()) 1044 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm(); 1045 else 1046 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters; 1047 1048 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 1049 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State); 1050 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) { 1051 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the 1052 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate. 1053 if (State.FreeRegs) { 1054 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register. 1055 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true); 1056 } 1057 } 1058 1059 bool UsedInAlloca = false; 1060 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 1061 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State); 1062 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca); 1063 } 1064 1065 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite 1066 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca. 1067 if (UsedInAlloca) 1068 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI); 1069 } 1070 1071 void 1072 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields, 1073 unsigned &StackOffset, 1074 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const { 1075 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct"); 1076 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size()); 1077 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type)); 1078 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity(); 1079 1080 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4 1081 // byte aligned. 1082 if (StackOffset % 4U) { 1083 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset; 1084 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U); 1085 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset; 1086 assert(NumBytes); 1087 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()); 1088 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes); 1089 FrameFields.push_back(Ty); 1090 } 1091 } 1092 1093 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) { 1094 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone. 1095 switch (Info.getKind()) { 1096 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 1097 return true; 1098 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 1099 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal()); 1100 return true; 1101 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 1102 return false; 1103 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 1104 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 1105 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 1106 if (Info.getInReg()) 1107 return false; 1108 return true; 1109 } 1110 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum"); 1111 } 1112 1113 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 1114 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32"); 1115 1116 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory. 1117 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields; 1118 1119 unsigned StackOffset = 0; 1120 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end(); 1121 1122 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary. 1123 bool IsThisCall = 1124 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall; 1125 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo(); 1126 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall && 1127 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) { 1128 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1129 ++I; 1130 } 1131 1132 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory. 1133 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) { 1134 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType()); 1135 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy); 1136 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax. 1137 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI); 1138 } 1139 1140 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx. 1141 if (IsThisCall) 1142 ++I; 1143 1144 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct. 1145 for (; I != E; ++I) { 1146 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info)) 1147 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type); 1148 } 1149 1150 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields, 1151 /*isPacked=*/true)); 1152 } 1153 1154 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1155 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 1156 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 1157 1158 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1159 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 1160 "ap"); 1161 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 1162 1163 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned 1164 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); 1165 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); 1166 Align = std::max(Align, 4U); 1167 if (Align > 4) { 1168 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; 1169 llvm::Value *Offset = 1170 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 1171 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 1172 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, 1173 CGF.Int32Ty); 1174 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); 1175 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 1176 Addr->getType(), 1177 "ap.cur.aligned"); 1178 } 1179 1180 llvm::Type *PTy = 1181 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 1182 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 1183 1184 uint64_t Offset = 1185 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); 1186 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 1187 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 1188 "ap.next"); 1189 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 1190 1191 return AddrTyped; 1192 } 1193 1194 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI( 1195 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) { 1196 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86); 1197 1198 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) { 1199 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default: 1200 break; 1201 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return 1202 return false; 1203 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return 1204 return true; 1205 } 1206 1207 if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) 1208 return true; 1209 1210 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 1211 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: 1212 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: 1213 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: 1214 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: 1215 return true; 1216 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 1217 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) { 1218 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment: 1219 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus: 1220 case llvm::Triple::GNU: 1221 case llvm::Triple::MSVC: 1222 return true; 1223 default: 1224 return false; 1225 } 1226 default: 1227 return false; 1228 } 1229 } 1230 1231 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 1232 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 1233 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 1234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1235 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { 1236 // Get the LLVM function. 1237 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 1238 1239 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. 1240 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 1241 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16); 1242 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1243 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 1244 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 1245 B)); 1246 } 1247 } 1248 } 1249 1250 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 1251 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1252 llvm::Value *Address) const { 1253 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 1254 1255 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 1256 1257 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different 1258 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. 1259 // 8 is %eip. 1260 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); 1261 1262 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) { 1263 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. 1264 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on 1265 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. 1266 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); 1267 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); 1268 1269 } else { 1270 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some 1271 // reason. 1272 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); 1273 1274 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. 1275 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on 1276 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. 1277 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); 1278 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); 1279 } 1280 1281 return false; 1282 } 1283 1284 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1285 // X86-64 ABI Implementation 1286 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1287 1288 1289 namespace { 1290 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. 1291 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1292 enum Class { 1293 Integer = 0, 1294 SSE, 1295 SSEUp, 1296 X87, 1297 X87Up, 1298 ComplexX87, 1299 NoClass, 1300 Memory 1301 }; 1302 1303 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. 1304 /// 1305 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field 1306 /// classification \arg Field. 1307 /// 1308 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should 1309 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge 1310 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller 1311 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). 1312 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); 1313 1314 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. 1315 /// 1316 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to 1317 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. 1318 /// 1319 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in 1320 /// the classification process. 1321 /// 1322 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1323 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1324 /// 1325 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1326 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. 1327 /// 1328 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; 1329 1330 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the 1331 /// given type T should be passed. 1332 /// 1333 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type 1334 /// residing in the low word of the containing object. 1335 /// 1336 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type 1337 /// residing in the high word of the containing object. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the 1340 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different 1341 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named" 1344 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7. 1345 /// 1346 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should 1347 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo 1348 /// will be Memory. 1349 /// 1350 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. 1351 /// 1352 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will 1353 /// also be ComplexX87. 1354 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi, 1355 bool isNamedArg) const; 1356 1357 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1358 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1359 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1360 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1361 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, 1362 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, 1363 unsigned SourceOffset) const; 1364 1365 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1366 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. 1367 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; 1368 1369 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result 1370 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. 1371 /// 1372 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining 1373 /// available. 1374 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; 1375 1376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 1377 1378 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 1379 unsigned freeIntRegs, 1380 unsigned &neededInt, 1381 unsigned &neededSSE, 1382 bool isNamedArg) const; 1383 1384 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 1385 1386 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, 1387 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with 1388 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which 1389 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC 1390 /// may need to exempt themselves. 1391 bool honorsRevision0_98() const { 1392 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); 1393 } 1394 1395 bool HasAVX; 1396 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on 1397 // 64-bit hardware. 1398 bool Has64BitPointers; 1399 1400 public: 1401 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : 1402 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx), 1403 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) { 1404 } 1405 1406 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { 1407 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 1408 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. 1409 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 1410 /*isNamedArg*/true); 1411 if (info.isDirect()) { 1412 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); 1413 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) 1414 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); 1415 } 1416 return false; 1417 } 1418 1419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1420 1421 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1422 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1423 }; 1424 1425 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. 1426 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 1427 1428 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const; 1429 1430 public: 1431 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 1432 1433 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 1434 1435 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 1436 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 1437 }; 1438 1439 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1440 bool HasAVX; 1441 public: 1442 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1443 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1444 1445 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 1446 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 1447 } 1448 1449 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1450 return 7; 1451 } 1452 1453 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1454 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1455 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1456 1457 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1458 // 16 is %rip. 1459 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1460 return false; 1461 } 1462 1463 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1464 StringRef Constraint, 1465 llvm::Type* Ty) const override { 1466 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); 1467 } 1468 1469 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, 1470 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override { 1471 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA 1472 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped 1473 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do 1474 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is 1475 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI 1476 // defines varargs anyway. 1477 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { 1478 bool HasAVXType = false; 1479 for (CallArgList::const_iterator 1480 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { 1481 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { 1482 HasAVXType = true; 1483 break; 1484 } 1485 } 1486 1487 if (!HasAVXType) 1488 return true; 1489 } 1490 1491 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); 1492 } 1493 1494 llvm::Constant * 1495 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1496 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8 1497 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c 1498 ('F' << 16) | 1499 ('T' << 24); 1500 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig); 1501 } 1502 1503 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1504 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1505 } 1506 }; 1507 1508 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) { 1509 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This 1510 // matches the behavior of MSVC. 1511 std::string ArgStr = Lib; 1512 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib")) 1513 ArgStr += ".lib"; 1514 return ArgStr; 1515 } 1516 1517 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo { 1518 public: 1519 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, 1520 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms) 1521 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {} 1522 1523 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1524 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1525 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1526 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1527 } 1528 1529 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1530 llvm::StringRef Value, 1531 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1532 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1533 } 1534 }; 1535 1536 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 1537 bool HasAVX; 1538 public: 1539 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 1540 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {} 1541 1542 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 1543 return 7; 1544 } 1545 1546 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 1547 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 1548 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); 1549 1550 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 1551 // 16 is %rip. 1552 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); 1553 return false; 1554 } 1555 1556 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib, 1557 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override { 1558 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:"; 1559 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib); 1560 } 1561 1562 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name, 1563 llvm::StringRef Value, 1564 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override { 1565 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\""; 1566 } 1567 1568 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 1569 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 1570 } 1571 }; 1572 1573 } 1574 1575 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, 1576 Class &Hi) const { 1577 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: 1578 // 1579 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in 1580 // memory. 1581 // 1582 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in 1583 // memory. 1584 // 1585 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first 1586 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole 1587 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the 1588 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. 1589 // 1590 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. 1591 // 1592 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise 1593 // only with unions; for example: 1594 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } 1595 // 1596 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. 1597 // 1598 if (Hi == Memory) 1599 Lo = Memory; 1600 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) 1601 Lo = Memory; 1602 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) 1603 Lo = Memory; 1604 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) 1605 Hi = SSE; 1606 } 1607 1608 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { 1609 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is 1610 // classified recursively so that always two fields are 1611 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to 1612 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: 1613 // 1614 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. 1615 // 1616 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is 1617 // the other class. 1618 // 1619 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY 1620 // class. 1621 // 1622 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the 1623 // INTEGER. 1624 // 1625 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, 1626 // MEMORY is used as class. 1627 // 1628 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. 1629 1630 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or 1631 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). 1632 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && 1633 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); 1634 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) 1635 return Accum; 1636 if (Field == Memory) 1637 return Memory; 1638 if (Accum == NoClass) 1639 return Field; 1640 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) 1641 return Integer; 1642 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || 1643 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) 1644 return Memory; 1645 return SSE; 1646 } 1647 1648 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, 1649 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const { 1650 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for 1651 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various 1652 // situations. 1653 1654 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors 1655 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they 1656 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. 1657 1658 Lo = Hi = NoClass; 1659 1660 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; 1661 Current = Memory; 1662 1663 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 1664 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); 1665 1666 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { 1667 Current = NoClass; 1668 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { 1669 Lo = Integer; 1670 Hi = Integer; 1671 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { 1672 Current = Integer; 1673 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) || 1674 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble && 1675 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) { 1676 Current = SSE; 1677 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 1678 Lo = X87; 1679 Hi = X87Up; 1680 } 1681 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. 1682 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). 1683 return; 1684 } 1685 1686 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 1687 // Classify the underlying integer type. 1688 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 1689 return; 1690 } 1691 1692 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { 1693 Current = Integer; 1694 return; 1695 } 1696 1697 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 1698 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 1699 if (Has64BitPointers) { 1700 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both 1701 // Lo and Hi now. 1702 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1703 } else { 1704 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that 1705 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well. 1706 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1707 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64; 1708 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) { 1709 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1710 } else { 1711 Current = Integer; 1712 } 1713 } 1714 } else { 1715 Current = Integer; 1716 } 1717 return; 1718 } 1719 1720 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1721 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 1722 if (Size == 32) { 1723 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x 1724 // float> as integer. 1725 Current = Integer; 1726 1727 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1728 // split. 1729 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1730 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; 1731 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1732 Hi = Lo; 1733 } else if (Size == 64) { 1734 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( 1735 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) 1736 return; 1737 1738 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. 1739 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1740 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || 1741 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || 1742 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) 1743 Current = Integer; 1744 else 1745 Current = SSE; 1746 1747 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be 1748 // split. 1749 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) 1750 Hi = Lo; 1751 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) { 1752 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The 1753 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class 1754 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be 1755 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. 1756 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases 1757 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding 1758 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. 1759 // 1760 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in 1761 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a 1762 // variadic function. 1763 Lo = SSE; 1764 Hi = SSEUp; 1765 } 1766 return; 1767 } 1768 1769 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 1770 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); 1771 1772 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1773 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 1774 if (Size <= 64) 1775 Current = Integer; 1776 else if (Size <= 128) 1777 Lo = Hi = Integer; 1778 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) 1779 Current = SSE; 1780 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy || 1781 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy && 1782 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) 1783 Lo = Hi = SSE; 1784 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) 1785 Current = ComplexX87; 1786 1787 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it 1788 // should be split. 1789 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; 1790 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; 1791 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) 1792 Hi = Lo; 1793 1794 return; 1795 } 1796 1797 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 1798 // Arrays are treated like structures. 1799 1800 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1801 1802 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1803 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1804 if (Size > 256) 1805 return; 1806 1807 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned 1808 // fields, it has class MEMORY. 1809 // 1810 // Only need to check alignment of array base. 1811 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) 1812 return; 1813 1814 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about 1815 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. 1816 Current = NoClass; 1817 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 1818 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1819 1820 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array 1821 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1822 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1823 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) 1824 return; 1825 1826 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { 1827 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1828 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1829 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1830 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1831 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1832 break; 1833 } 1834 1835 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1836 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); 1837 return; 1838 } 1839 1840 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1841 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 1842 1843 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger 1844 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. 1845 if (Size > 256) 1846 return; 1847 1848 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial 1849 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible 1850 // reference. 1851 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 1852 return; 1853 1854 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 1855 1856 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. 1857 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 1858 return; 1859 1860 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 1861 1862 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. 1863 Current = NoClass; 1864 1865 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. 1866 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 1867 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 1868 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 1869 "Unexpected base class!"); 1870 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 1871 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1872 1873 // Classify this field. 1874 // 1875 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a 1876 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets 1877 // initialized to class NO_CLASS. 1878 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1879 uint64_t Offset = 1880 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 1881 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1882 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1883 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1884 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1885 break; 1886 } 1887 } 1888 1889 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. 1890 unsigned idx = 0; 1891 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 1892 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 1893 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1894 bool BitField = i->isBitField(); 1895 1896 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than 1897 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. 1898 // 1899 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct 1900 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended 1901 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. 1902 // 1903 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { 1904 Lo = Memory; 1905 return; 1906 } 1907 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. 1908 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { 1909 Lo = Memory; 1910 return; 1911 } 1912 1913 // Classify this field. 1914 // 1915 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate 1916 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified 1917 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class 1918 // NO_CLASS. 1919 Class FieldLo, FieldHi; 1920 1921 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the 1922 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and 1923 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. 1924 if (BitField) { 1925 // Ignore padding bit-fields. 1926 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) 1927 continue; 1928 1929 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 1930 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); 1931 1932 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; 1933 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; 1934 1935 if (EB_Lo) { 1936 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); 1937 FieldLo = NoClass; 1938 FieldHi = Integer; 1939 } else { 1940 FieldLo = Integer; 1941 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; 1942 } 1943 } else 1944 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg); 1945 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); 1946 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); 1947 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) 1948 break; 1949 } 1950 1951 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); 1952 } 1953 } 1954 1955 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { 1956 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1957 // place naturally. 1958 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 1959 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1960 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1961 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1962 1963 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1964 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1965 } 1966 1967 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 1968 } 1969 1970 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 1971 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 1972 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); 1973 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; 1974 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) 1975 return true; 1976 } 1977 1978 return false; 1979 } 1980 1981 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, 1982 unsigned freeIntRegs) const { 1983 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right 1984 // place naturally. 1985 // 1986 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available 1987 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass 1988 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, 1989 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with 1990 // 'onstack'. See PR12193. 1991 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 1992 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 1993 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 1994 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 1995 1996 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 1997 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 1998 } 1999 2000 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 2001 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2002 2003 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all 2004 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. 2005 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); 2006 2007 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This 2008 // is important for good codegen. 2009 // 2010 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can 2011 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). 2012 // 2013 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the 2014 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers 2015 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value 2016 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the 2017 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), 2018 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that 2019 // might be inreg. 2020 // 2021 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for 2022 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer 2023 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed 2024 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. 2025 // 2026 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter 2027 // attributes. See PR12193. 2028 if (freeIntRegs == 0) { 2029 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2030 2031 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral 2032 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). 2033 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) 2034 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2035 Size)); 2036 } 2037 2038 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); 2039 } 2040 2041 /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an 2042 /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a 2043 /// vector register. 2044 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 2045 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2046 2047 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, 2048 // strip them off if present. 2049 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2050 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { 2051 IRType = STy->getElementType(0); 2052 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); 2053 } 2054 2055 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. 2056 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ 2057 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); 2058 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); 2059 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && 2060 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || 2061 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || 2062 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || 2063 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) 2064 return VT; 2065 } 2066 2067 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2068 } 2069 2070 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range 2071 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in 2072 /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits 2073 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful 2074 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. 2075 /// 2076 /// It is conservatively correct to return false. 2077 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, 2078 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { 2079 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user 2080 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other 2081 // types that don't contain interesting padding. 2082 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 2083 if (TySize <= StartBit) 2084 return true; 2085 2086 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 2087 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); 2088 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 2089 2090 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. 2091 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { 2092 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. 2093 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; 2094 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; 2095 2096 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; 2097 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, 2098 EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) 2099 return false; 2100 } 2101 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. 2102 return true; 2103 } 2104 2105 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2106 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 2107 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 2108 2109 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 2110 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 2111 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 2112 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() && 2113 "Unexpected base class!"); 2114 const CXXRecordDecl *Base = 2115 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2116 2117 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. 2118 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); 2119 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; 2120 2121 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; 2122 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart, 2123 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) 2124 return false; 2125 } 2126 } 2127 2128 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes 2129 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, 2130 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care 2131 // much. 2132 unsigned idx = 0; 2133 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 2134 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 2135 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 2136 2137 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. 2138 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; 2139 2140 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; 2141 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, 2142 Context)) 2143 return false; 2144 } 2145 2146 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're 2147 // clean. 2148 return true; 2149 } 2150 2151 return false; 2152 } 2153 2154 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a 2155 /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a 2156 /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return 2157 /// false. 2158 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2159 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2160 // Base case if we find a float. 2161 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) 2162 return true; 2163 2164 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2165 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2166 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); 2167 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2168 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); 2169 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); 2170 } 2171 2172 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2173 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2174 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2175 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2176 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2177 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); 2178 } 2179 2180 return false; 2181 } 2182 2183 2184 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the 2185 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. 2186 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2187 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2188 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2189 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We 2190 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for 2191 // structs that contain 3 floats. 2192 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, 2193 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2194 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 2195 2196 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at 2197 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the 2198 // case. 2199 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && 2200 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) 2201 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); 2202 2203 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 2204 } 2205 2206 2207 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in 2208 /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking 2209 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks 2210 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything 2211 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, 2212 /// etc). 2213 /// 2214 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for 2215 /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that 2216 /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. 2217 /// 2218 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is 2219 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). 2220 /// 2221 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: 2222 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, 2223 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { 2224 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're 2225 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. 2226 if (IROffset == 0) { 2227 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. 2228 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) || 2229 IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) 2230 return IRType; 2231 2232 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the 2233 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to 2234 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on 2235 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We 2236 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on 2237 // unions being lowered a specific way etc. 2238 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || 2239 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) || 2240 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) { 2241 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 : 2242 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); 2243 2244 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, 2245 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) 2246 return IRType; 2247 } 2248 } 2249 2250 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { 2251 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. 2252 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); 2253 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { 2254 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); 2255 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); 2256 2257 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, 2258 SourceTy, SourceOffset); 2259 } 2260 } 2261 2262 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { 2263 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); 2264 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); 2265 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; 2266 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, 2267 SourceOffset); 2268 } 2269 2270 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an 2271 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. 2272 unsigned TySizeInBytes = 2273 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); 2274 2275 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); 2276 2277 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that 2278 // isn't larger than the structure. 2279 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2280 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); 2281 } 2282 2283 2284 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally 2285 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a 2286 /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of 2287 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, 2288 /// return {i32*, float}. 2289 static llvm::Type * 2290 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, 2291 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { 2292 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start 2293 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types 2294 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have 2295 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: 2296 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); 2297 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); 2298 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); 2299 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2300 2301 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the 2302 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size 2303 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the 2304 // struct. 2305 if (HiStart != 8) { 2306 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for 2307 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. 2308 // Promote these to a larger type. 2309 if (Lo->isFloatTy()) 2310 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); 2311 else { 2312 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); 2313 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); 2314 } 2315 } 2316 2317 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); 2318 2319 2320 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. 2321 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && 2322 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); 2323 return Result; 2324 } 2325 2326 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: 2327 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 2328 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the 2329 // classification algorithm. 2330 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2331 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true); 2332 2333 // Check some invariants. 2334 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2335 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2336 2337 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2338 switch (Lo) { 2339 case NoClass: 2340 if (Hi == NoClass) 2341 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2342 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2343 // null. 2344 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2345 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2346 break; 2347 2348 case SSEUp: 2349 case X87Up: 2350 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2351 2352 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via 2353 // hidden argument. 2354 case Memory: 2355 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); 2356 2357 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2358 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. 2359 case Integer: 2360 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2361 2362 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2363 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2364 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2365 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2366 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 2367 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2368 2369 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2370 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2371 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2372 } 2373 break; 2374 2375 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next 2376 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. 2377 case SSE: 2378 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); 2379 break; 2380 2381 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is 2382 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. 2383 case X87: 2384 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); 2385 break; 2386 2387 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real 2388 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in 2389 // %st1. 2390 case ComplexX87: 2391 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); 2392 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2393 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), 2394 NULL); 2395 break; 2396 } 2397 2398 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2399 switch (Hi) { 2400 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should 2401 // never occur as a hi class. 2402 case Memory: 2403 case X87: 2404 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2405 2406 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. 2407 case NoClass: 2408 break; 2409 2410 case Integer: 2411 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2412 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2413 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2414 break; 2415 case SSE: 2416 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2417 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2418 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2419 break; 2420 2421 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte 2422 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used 2423 // vector register. 2424 // 2425 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. 2426 case SSEUp: 2427 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); 2428 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); 2429 break; 2430 2431 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is 2432 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. 2433 case X87Up: 2434 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do 2435 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be 2436 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the 2437 // extra bits in an SSE reg. 2438 if (Lo != X87) { 2439 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); 2440 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2441 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2442 } 2443 break; 2444 } 2445 2446 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2447 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2448 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2449 if (HighPart) 2450 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2451 2452 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2453 } 2454 2455 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( 2456 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE, 2457 bool isNamedArg) 2458 const 2459 { 2460 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; 2461 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg); 2462 2463 // Check some invariants. 2464 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. 2465 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); 2466 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); 2467 2468 neededInt = 0; 2469 neededSSE = 0; 2470 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr; 2471 switch (Lo) { 2472 case NoClass: 2473 if (Hi == NoClass) 2474 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2475 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType 2476 // null. 2477 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && 2478 "Unknown missing lo part"); 2479 break; 2480 2481 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument 2482 // on the stack. 2483 case Memory: 2484 2485 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or 2486 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. 2487 case X87: 2488 case ComplexX87: 2489 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) 2490 ++neededInt; 2491 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); 2492 2493 case SSEUp: 2494 case X87Up: 2495 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); 2496 2497 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next 2498 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 2499 // and %r9 is used. 2500 case Integer: 2501 ++neededInt; 2502 2503 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2504 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); 2505 2506 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend 2507 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. 2508 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { 2509 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 2510 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2511 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2512 2513 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && 2514 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 2515 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2516 } 2517 2518 break; 2519 2520 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next 2521 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the 2522 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. 2523 case SSE: { 2524 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2525 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); 2526 ++neededSSE; 2527 break; 2528 } 2529 } 2530 2531 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr; 2532 switch (Hi) { 2533 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should 2534 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, 2535 // which is passed in memory. 2536 case Memory: 2537 case X87: 2538 case ComplexX87: 2539 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); 2540 2541 case NoClass: break; 2542 2543 case Integer: 2544 ++neededInt; 2545 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. 2546 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2547 2548 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2549 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2550 break; 2551 2552 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in 2553 // memory), except in situations involving unions. 2554 case X87Up: 2555 case SSE: 2556 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); 2557 2558 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. 2559 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); 2560 2561 ++neededSSE; 2562 break; 2563 2564 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the 2565 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE 2566 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. 2567 case SSEUp: 2568 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); 2569 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); 2570 break; 2571 } 2572 2573 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is 2574 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a 2575 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} 2576 if (HighPart) 2577 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); 2578 2579 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 2580 } 2581 2582 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2583 2584 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2585 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 2586 2587 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. 2588 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; 2589 2590 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one 2591 // integer register. 2592 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 2593 --freeIntRegs; 2594 2595 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 2596 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers 2597 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... 2598 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 2599 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 2600 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 2601 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 2602 2603 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2604 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, 2605 neededSSE, IsNamedArg); 2606 2607 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any 2608 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the 2609 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some 2610 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. 2611 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { 2612 freeIntRegs -= neededInt; 2613 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; 2614 } else { 2615 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); 2616 } 2617 } 2618 } 2619 2620 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 2621 QualType Ty, 2622 CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 2623 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = 2624 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); 2625 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = 2626 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); 2627 2628 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 2629 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. 2630 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use 2631 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. 2632 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 2633 if (Align > 8) { 2634 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; 2635 llvm::Value *Offset = 2636 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); 2637 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); 2638 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, 2639 CGF.Int64Ty); 2640 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); 2641 overflow_arg_area = 2642 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), 2643 overflow_arg_area->getType(), 2644 "overflow_arg_area.align"); 2645 } 2646 2647 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. 2648 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2649 llvm::Value *Res = 2650 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, 2651 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2652 2653 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: 2654 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). 2655 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to 2656 // an 8 byte boundary. 2657 2658 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; 2659 llvm::Value *Offset = 2660 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); 2661 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, 2662 "overflow_arg_area.next"); 2663 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); 2664 2665 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. 2666 return Res; 2667 } 2668 2669 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2670 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2671 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 2672 // struct { 2673 // i32 gp_offset; 2674 // i32 fp_offset; 2675 // i8* overflow_arg_area; 2676 // i8* reg_save_area; 2677 // }; 2678 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; 2679 2680 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 2681 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE, 2682 /*isNamedArg*/false); 2683 2684 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed 2685 // in the registers. If not go to step 7. 2686 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) 2687 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2688 2689 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of 2690 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold 2691 // the number of floating point registers needed. 2692 2693 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into 2694 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or 2695 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. 2696 // 2697 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of 2698 // register save space). 2699 2700 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 2701 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr; 2702 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr; 2703 if (neededInt) { 2704 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); 2705 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); 2706 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); 2707 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); 2708 } 2709 2710 if (neededSSE) { 2711 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); 2712 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); 2713 llvm::Value *FitsInFP = 2714 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); 2715 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); 2716 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; 2717 } 2718 2719 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 2720 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 2721 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 2722 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 2723 2724 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 2725 2726 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 2727 2728 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with 2729 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require 2730 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed 2731 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater 2732 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. 2733 // 2734 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to 2735 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a 2736 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more 2737 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? 2738 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); 2739 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 2740 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), 2741 "reg_save_area"); 2742 if (neededInt && neededSSE) { 2743 // FIXME: Cleanup. 2744 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2745 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); 2746 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2747 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2748 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2749 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); 2750 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); 2751 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && 2752 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); 2753 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); 2754 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); 2755 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2756 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2757 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; 2758 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; 2759 llvm::Value *V = 2760 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); 2761 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2762 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); 2763 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2764 2765 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2766 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2767 } else if (neededInt) { 2768 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); 2769 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2770 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2771 2772 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment. 2773 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign = 2774 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty); 2775 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity(); 2776 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity(); 2777 if (TyAlign > 8) { 2778 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2779 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false); 2780 RegAddr = Tmp; 2781 } 2782 } else if (neededSSE == 1) { 2783 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2784 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, 2785 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2786 } else { 2787 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); 2788 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save 2789 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. 2790 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); 2791 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); 2792 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; 2793 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = 2794 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); 2795 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL); 2796 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty); 2797 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo()); 2798 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, 2799 DblPtrTy)); 2800 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); 2801 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, 2802 DblPtrTy)); 2803 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); 2804 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, 2805 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); 2806 } 2807 2808 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: 2809 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 2810 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. 2811 if (neededInt) { 2812 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); 2813 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), 2814 gp_offset_p); 2815 } 2816 if (neededSSE) { 2817 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); 2818 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), 2819 fp_offset_p); 2820 } 2821 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 2822 2823 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 2824 2825 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 2826 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2827 2828 // Return the appropriate result. 2829 2830 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 2831 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, 2832 "vaarg.addr"); 2833 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 2834 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 2835 return ResAddr; 2836 } 2837 2838 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const { 2839 2840 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 2841 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 2842 2843 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 2844 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 2845 2846 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 2847 2848 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 2849 if (RT) { 2850 if (!IsReturnType) { 2851 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI())) 2852 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 2853 } 2854 2855 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 2856 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2857 2858 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 2859 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) 2860 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 2861 Size)); 2862 } 2863 2864 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2865 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it 2866 // directly. 2867 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 2868 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy()) 2869 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2870 } 2871 2872 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { 2873 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is 2874 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." 2875 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size)) 2876 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 2877 2878 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer. 2879 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 2880 } 2881 2882 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not 2883 // extended. 2884 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 2885 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool) 2886 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 2887 2888 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 2889 } 2890 2891 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2892 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 2893 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true); 2894 2895 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 2896 I.info = classify(I.type, false); 2897 } 2898 2899 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2900 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2901 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 2902 2903 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2904 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 2905 "ap"); 2906 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 2907 llvm::Type *PTy = 2908 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 2909 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 2910 2911 uint64_t Offset = 2912 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); 2913 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 2914 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 2915 "ap.next"); 2916 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 2917 2918 return AddrTyped; 2919 } 2920 2921 namespace { 2922 2923 class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 2924 public: 2925 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2926 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {} 2927 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 2928 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2929 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 2930 private: 2931 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 2932 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 2933 }; 2934 2935 class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 2936 bool HasAVX; 2937 public: 2938 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) 2939 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) { 2940 } 2941 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override { 2942 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16; 2943 } 2944 }; 2945 2946 } 2947 2948 void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 2949 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 2950 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2951 else 2952 NInfo.computeInfo(FI); 2953 } 2954 2955 llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 2956 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 2957 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 2958 // is unuspported. 2959 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 2960 } 2961 2962 2963 // PowerPC-32 2964 2965 namespace { 2966 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 2967 public: 2968 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 2969 2970 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 2971 // This is recovered from gcc output. 2972 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 2973 } 2974 2975 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2976 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 2977 }; 2978 2979 } 2980 2981 bool 2982 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 2983 llvm::Value *Address) const { 2984 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 2985 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 2986 2987 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 2988 2989 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 2990 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 2991 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 2992 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 2993 2994 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers 2995 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); 2996 2997 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 2998 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 2999 3000 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3001 // 64: mq 3002 // 65: lr 3003 // 66: ctr 3004 // 67: ap 3005 // 68-75 cr0-7 3006 // 76: xer 3007 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3008 3009 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3010 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3011 3012 // 109: vrsave 3013 // 110: vscr 3014 // 111: spe_acc 3015 // 112: spefscr 3016 // 113: sfp 3017 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3018 3019 return false; 3020 } 3021 3022 // PowerPC-64 3023 3024 namespace { 3025 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. 3026 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 3027 public: 3028 enum ABIKind { 3029 ELFv1 = 0, 3030 ELFv2 3031 }; 3032 3033 private: 3034 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64; 3035 ABIKind Kind; 3036 3037 public: 3038 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) 3039 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3040 3041 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const; 3042 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const; 3043 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3044 uint64_t &Members) const; 3045 3046 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3047 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 3048 3049 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance. 3050 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could 3051 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single 3052 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function 3053 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering 3054 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee. 3055 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 3056 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3057 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3058 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 3059 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part. 3060 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point 3061 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available. 3062 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext()); 3063 if (T) { 3064 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3065 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) || 3066 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) { 3067 QualType QT(T, 0); 3068 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT)); 3069 continue; 3070 } 3071 } 3072 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 3073 } 3074 } 3075 3076 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3077 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 3078 }; 3079 3080 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3081 public: 3082 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, 3083 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3084 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3085 3086 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3087 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3088 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3089 } 3090 3091 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3092 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3093 }; 3094 3095 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 3096 public: 3097 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 3098 3099 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 3100 // This is recovered from gcc output. 3101 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer 3102 } 3103 3104 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3105 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 3106 }; 3107 3108 } 3109 3110 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero- 3111 // extended to 64 bits. 3112 bool 3113 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const { 3114 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3115 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3116 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3117 3118 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 3119 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 3120 return true; 3121 3122 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to 3123 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits. 3124 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 3125 switch (BT->getKind()) { 3126 case BuiltinType::Int: 3127 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3128 return true; 3129 default: 3130 break; 3131 } 3132 3133 return false; 3134 } 3135 3136 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte 3137 /// alignment in the parameter area. 3138 bool 3139 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const { 3140 // Complex types are passed just like their elements. 3141 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3142 Ty = CTy->getElementType(); 3143 3144 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are 3145 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned). 3146 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3147 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; 3148 3149 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type 3150 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element. 3151 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr; 3152 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); 3153 if (EltType) { 3154 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 3155 if ((EltType->isVectorType() && 3156 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) || 3157 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) 3158 AlignAsType = EltType; 3159 } 3160 3161 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates. 3162 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3163 uint64_t Members = 0; 3164 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 && 3165 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) 3166 AlignAsType = Base; 3167 3168 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment. 3169 if (AlignAsType) 3170 return AlignAsType->isVectorType(); 3171 3172 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that 3173 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes. 3174 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) 3175 return true; 3176 3177 return false; 3178 } 3179 3180 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous 3181 /// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set 3182 /// to the number of base elements. 3183 bool 3184 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3185 uint64_t &Members) const { 3186 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 3187 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3188 if (NElements == 0) 3189 return false; 3190 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members)) 3191 return false; 3192 Members *= NElements; 3193 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 3194 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 3195 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 3196 return false; 3197 3198 Members = 0; 3199 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 3200 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records. 3201 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 3202 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = 3203 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { 3204 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0) 3205 return false; 3206 FT = AT->getElementType(); 3207 } 3208 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true)) 3209 continue; 3210 3211 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode. 3212 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3213 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 3214 continue; 3215 3216 uint64_t FldMembers; 3217 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers)) 3218 return false; 3219 3220 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 3221 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 3222 } 3223 3224 if (!Base) 3225 return false; 3226 3227 // Ensure there is no padding. 3228 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members != 3229 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty)) 3230 return false; 3231 } else { 3232 Members = 1; 3233 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3234 Members = 2; 3235 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 3236 } 3237 3238 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float, 3239 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors. 3240 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3241 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 3242 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 3243 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3244 return false; 3245 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3246 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128) 3247 return false; 3248 } else { 3249 return false; 3250 } 3251 3252 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that 3253 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are 3254 // treated as being equivalent here. 3255 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 3256 if (!Base) 3257 Base = TyPtr; 3258 3259 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() || 3260 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr)) 3261 return false; 3262 } 3263 3264 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one 3265 // or two registers depending on their size. 3266 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : 3267 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64; 3268 3269 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers. 3270 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8); 3271 } 3272 3273 ABIArgInfo 3274 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 3275 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType()) 3276 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3277 3278 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3279 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3280 if (Ty->isVectorType()) { 3281 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3282 if (Size > 128) 3283 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3284 else if (Size < 128) { 3285 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3286 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 3290 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3291 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 3292 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3293 3294 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8; 3295 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3296 3297 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types. 3298 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3299 uint64_t Members = 0; 3300 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3301 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) { 3302 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3303 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3304 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3305 } 3306 3307 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not 3308 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array. 3309 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the 3310 // back-end to store the argument to memory. 3311 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3312 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) { 3313 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3314 3315 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be 3316 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword). 3317 if (Bits <= GPRBits) 3318 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3319 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3320 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected 3321 // according to the required alignment in the save area. 3322 else { 3323 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8; 3324 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits; 3325 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits); 3326 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs); 3327 } 3328 3329 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3330 } 3331 3332 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal. 3333 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 3334 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 3335 } 3336 3337 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ? 3338 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3339 } 3340 3341 ABIArgInfo 3342 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3343 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3344 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3345 3346 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 3347 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3348 3349 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes) 3350 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes). 3351 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) { 3352 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3353 if (Size > 128) 3354 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3355 else if (Size < 128) { 3356 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 3357 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3358 } 3359 } 3360 3361 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3362 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types. 3363 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3364 uint64_t Members = 0; 3365 if (Kind == ELFv2 && 3366 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) { 3367 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3368 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members); 3369 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3370 } 3371 3372 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers. 3373 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3374 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) { 3375 if (Bits == 0) 3376 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3377 3378 llvm::Type *CoerceTy; 3379 if (Bits > GPRBits) { 3380 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits); 3381 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL); 3382 } else 3383 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 3384 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8)); 3385 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3386 } 3387 3388 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly. 3389 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3390 } 3391 3392 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ? 3393 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3394 } 3395 3396 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. 3397 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, 3398 QualType Ty, 3399 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3400 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 3401 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 3402 3403 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3404 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 3405 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 3406 3407 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area. 3408 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) { 3409 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3410 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15)); 3411 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16)); 3412 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 3413 } 3414 3415 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the 3416 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex 3417 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the 3418 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation. 3419 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3420 QualType BaseTy; 3421 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0; 3422 3423 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3424 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType(); 3425 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8; 3426 if (CplxBaseSize < 8) 3427 SizeInBytes = 16; 3428 } 3429 3430 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); 3431 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 3432 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), 3433 "ap.next"); 3434 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 3435 3436 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes, 3437 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted 3438 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a 3439 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate 3440 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer, 3441 // and store them to a temporary structure. 3442 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) { 3443 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3444 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr; 3445 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3446 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize)); 3447 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize)); 3448 } else { 3449 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8)); 3450 } 3451 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy)); 3452 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy); 3453 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy); 3454 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal"); 3455 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag"); 3456 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty), 3457 "vacplx"); 3458 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real"); 3459 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag"); 3460 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false); 3461 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false); 3462 return Ptr; 3463 } 3464 3465 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in 3466 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the 3467 // correct offset. 3468 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) { 3469 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3470 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); 3471 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); 3472 } 3473 3474 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 3475 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 3476 } 3477 3478 static bool 3479 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3480 llvm::Value *Address) { 3481 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 3482 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 3483 3484 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 3485 3486 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 3487 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 3488 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 3489 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); 3490 3491 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers 3492 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 3493 3494 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers 3495 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); 3496 3497 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: 3498 // 64: mq 3499 // 65: lr 3500 // 66: ctr 3501 // 67: ap 3502 // 68-75 cr0-7 3503 // 76: xer 3504 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); 3505 3506 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers 3507 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); 3508 3509 // 109: vrsave 3510 // 110: vscr 3511 // 111: spe_acc 3512 // 112: spefscr 3513 // 113: sfp 3514 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); 3515 3516 return false; 3517 } 3518 3519 bool 3520 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( 3521 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3522 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3523 3524 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3525 } 3526 3527 bool 3528 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 3529 llvm::Value *Address) const { 3530 3531 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); 3532 } 3533 3534 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3535 // AArch64 ABI Implementation 3536 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3537 3538 namespace { 3539 3540 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 3541 public: 3542 enum ABIKind { 3543 AAPCS = 0, 3544 DarwinPCS 3545 }; 3546 3547 private: 3548 ABIKind Kind; 3549 3550 public: 3551 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {} 3552 3553 private: 3554 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 3555 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; } 3556 3557 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 3558 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3559 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3560 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const; 3561 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 3562 3563 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 3564 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 3565 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far. 3566 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated 3567 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD 3568 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or 3569 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8. 3570 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0; 3571 3572 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number 3573 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into 3574 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be 3575 // partially in registers. 3576 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0; 3577 3578 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special 3579 // treatment with the Darwin ABI. 3580 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs(); 3581 3582 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 3583 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 3584 unsigned ArgNo = 0; 3585 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); 3586 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) { 3587 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR; 3588 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 3589 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8; 3590 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8; 3591 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs; 3592 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, 3593 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg); 3594 3595 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs 3596 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as 3597 // padding by the back end. 3598 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() && 3599 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) { 3600 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type); 3601 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64; 3602 3603 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3604 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots); 3605 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 3606 } 3607 3608 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers 3609 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add 3610 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats. 3611 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) { 3612 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3613 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation); 3614 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy); 3615 } 3616 3617 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs 3618 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. 3619 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) { 3620 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 3621 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR); 3622 it->info = 3623 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy); 3624 } 3625 } 3626 } 3627 3628 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3629 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3630 3631 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3632 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; 3633 3634 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3635 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 3636 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF) 3637 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 3638 } 3639 }; 3640 3641 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 3642 public: 3643 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 3644 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 3645 3646 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { 3647 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 3648 } 3649 3650 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; } 3651 3652 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; } 3653 }; 3654 } 3655 3656 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 3657 ASTContext &Context, 3658 bool isAArch64, 3659 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr); 3660 3661 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, 3662 unsigned &AllocatedVFP, 3663 bool &IsHA, 3664 unsigned &AllocatedGPR, 3665 bool &IsSmallAggr, 3666 bool IsNamedArg) const { 3667 // Handle illegal vector types here. 3668 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 3669 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3670 if (Size <= 32) { 3671 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 3672 AllocatedGPR++; 3673 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3674 } 3675 if (Size == 64) { 3676 llvm::Type *ResType = 3677 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 3678 AllocatedVFP++; 3679 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3680 } 3681 if (Size == 128) { 3682 llvm::Type *ResType = 3683 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 3684 AllocatedVFP++; 3685 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); 3686 } 3687 AllocatedGPR++; 3688 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3689 } 3690 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 3691 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128. 3692 AllocatedVFP++; 3693 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3694 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 3695 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float || 3696 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 3697 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) 3698 AllocatedVFP++; 3699 } 3700 3701 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 3702 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3703 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 3704 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3705 3706 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) { 3707 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3708 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3709 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3710 3711 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1; 3712 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded; 3713 } 3714 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3715 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3716 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3717 } 3718 3719 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial 3720 // copy constructor are always indirect. 3721 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 3722 AllocatedGPR++; 3723 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA == 3724 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 3725 } 3726 3727 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode 3728 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility. 3729 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 3730 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS()) 3731 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3732 3733 ++AllocatedGPR; 3734 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 3735 } 3736 3737 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded. 3738 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3739 uint64_t Members = 0; 3740 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true, &Members)) { 3741 IsHA = true; 3742 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) { 3743 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack 3744 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles. 3745 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3746 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 3747 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3748 } 3749 AllocatedVFP += Members; 3750 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); 3751 } 3752 3753 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack. 3754 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 3755 if (Size <= 128) { 3756 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty); 3757 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64) 3758 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64); 3759 3760 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3761 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64; 3762 IsSmallAggr = true; 3763 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment. 3764 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128. 3765 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) { 3766 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 3767 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64)); 3768 } 3769 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3770 } 3771 3772 AllocatedGPR++; 3773 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 3774 } 3775 3776 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 3777 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 3778 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3779 3780 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 3781 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) 3782 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3783 3784 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 3785 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 3786 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 3787 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 3788 3789 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS() 3790 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 3791 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 3792 } 3793 3794 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 3795 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 3796 3797 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3798 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), true)) 3799 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly. 3800 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 3801 3802 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack. 3803 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 3804 if (Size <= 128) { 3805 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes 3806 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size)); 3807 } 3808 3809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 3810 } 3811 3812 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64. 3813 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 3814 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3815 // Check whether VT is legal. 3816 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 3817 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 3818 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16. 3819 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16) 3820 return true; 3821 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1); 3822 } 3823 return false; 3824 } 3825 3826 static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 3827 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP, 3828 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) { 3829 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call 3830 // Standard, section B.4: 3831 // 3832 // struct { 3833 // void *__stack; 3834 // void *__gr_top; 3835 // void *__vr_top; 3836 // int __gr_offs; 3837 // int __vr_offs; 3838 // }; 3839 3840 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg"); 3841 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 3842 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack"); 3843 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 3844 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext(); 3845 3846 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr; 3847 int reg_top_index; 3848 int RegSize; 3849 if (AllocatedGPR) { 3850 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs"); 3851 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs 3852 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p"); 3853 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs"); 3854 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top 3855 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR; 3856 } else { 3857 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs"); 3858 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs. 3859 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p"); 3860 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs"); 3861 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top 3862 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP; 3863 } 3864 3865 //======================================= 3866 // Find out where argument was passed 3867 //======================================= 3868 3869 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of 3870 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows, 3871 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves 3872 // whatever they get). 3873 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr; 3874 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE( 3875 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0)); 3876 3877 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock); 3878 3879 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the 3880 // question is whether this particular type is too big. 3881 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock); 3882 3883 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a 3884 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we 3885 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address. 3886 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3887 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3888 3889 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3890 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1), 3891 "align_regoffs"); 3892 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 3893 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align), 3894 "aligned_regoffs"); 3895 } 3896 3897 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list. 3898 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr; 3899 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3900 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs"); 3901 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p); 3902 3903 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in 3904 // registers or not. 3905 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr; 3906 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE( 3907 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg"); 3908 3909 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock); 3910 3911 //======================================= 3912 // Argument was in registers 3913 //======================================= 3914 3915 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in 3916 // registers. First start the appropriate block: 3917 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 3918 3919 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr; 3920 reg_top_p = 3921 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p"); 3922 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top"); 3923 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs); 3924 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr; 3925 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 3926 3927 if (IsIndirect) { 3928 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from 3929 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **. 3930 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy); 3931 } 3932 3933 const Type *Base = nullptr; 3934 uint64_t NumMembers; 3935 bool IsHFA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, true, &NumMembers); 3936 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) { 3937 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split 3938 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN, 3939 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable 3940 // contiguously. 3941 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly"); 3942 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)); 3943 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers); 3944 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy); 3945 int Offset = 0; 3946 3947 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128) 3948 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8; 3949 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) { 3950 llvm::Value *BaseOffset = 3951 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset); 3952 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset); 3953 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast( 3954 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy)); 3955 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i); 3956 3957 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr); 3958 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr); 3959 } 3960 3961 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy); 3962 } else { 3963 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory 3964 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8; 3965 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && 3966 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) && 3967 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) { 3968 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 3969 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3970 3971 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3972 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 3973 3974 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 3975 } 3976 3977 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy); 3978 } 3979 3980 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 3981 3982 //======================================= 3983 // Argument was on the stack 3984 //======================================= 3985 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock); 3986 3987 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr; 3988 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p"); 3989 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack"); 3990 3991 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and 3992 // floating-point ones might be affected. 3993 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { 3994 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 3995 3996 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 3997 3998 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 3999 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1), 4000 "align_stack"); 4001 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd( 4002 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align), 4003 "align_stack"); 4004 4005 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4006 } 4007 4008 uint64_t StackSize; 4009 if (IsIndirect) 4010 StackSize = 8; 4011 else 4012 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4013 4014 // All stack slots are 8 bytes 4015 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8); 4016 4017 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize); 4018 llvm::Value *NewStack = 4019 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack"); 4020 4021 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg 4022 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p); 4023 4024 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && 4025 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) { 4026 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4027 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4028 4029 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd( 4030 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be"); 4031 4032 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy); 4033 } 4034 4035 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy); 4036 4037 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 4038 4039 //======================================= 4040 // Tidy up 4041 //======================================= 4042 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 4043 4044 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr"); 4045 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 4046 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock); 4047 4048 if (IsIndirect) 4049 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"); 4050 4051 return ResAddr; 4052 } 4053 4054 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4055 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4056 4057 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0; 4058 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false; 4059 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR, 4060 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/); 4061 4062 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP, 4063 AI.isIndirect(), CGF); 4064 } 4065 4066 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4067 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4068 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types. 4069 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for 4070 // other cases. 4071 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) 4072 return nullptr; 4073 4074 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4075 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4076 4077 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4078 bool isHA = isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), true); 4079 4080 bool isIndirect = false; 4081 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should 4082 // be passed indirectly. 4083 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) { 4084 isIndirect = true; 4085 Size = 8; 4086 Align = 8; 4087 } 4088 4089 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); 4090 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP); 4091 4092 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4093 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4094 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4095 4096 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4097 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4098 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4099 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4100 } 4101 4102 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8; 4103 if (Align > MinABIAlign) { 4104 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); 4105 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); 4106 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); 4107 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1)); 4108 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask); 4109 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align"); 4110 } 4111 4112 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign); 4113 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP( 4114 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next"); 4115 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4116 4117 if (isIndirect) 4118 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4119 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4120 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4121 4122 return AddrTyped; 4123 } 4124 4125 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4126 // ARM ABI Implementation 4127 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4128 4129 namespace { 4130 4131 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4132 public: 4133 enum ABIKind { 4134 APCS = 0, 4135 AAPCS = 1, 4136 AAPCS_VFP 4137 }; 4138 4139 private: 4140 ABIKind Kind; 4141 mutable int VFPRegs[16]; 4142 const unsigned NumVFPs; 4143 const unsigned NumGPRs; 4144 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs; 4145 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs; 4146 4147 public: 4148 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind), 4149 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) { 4150 setRuntimeCC(); 4151 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4152 } 4153 4154 bool isEABI() const { 4155 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4156 case llvm::Triple::Android: 4157 case llvm::Triple::EABI: 4158 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4159 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI: 4160 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4161 return true; 4162 default: 4163 return false; 4164 } 4165 } 4166 4167 bool isEABIHF() const { 4168 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) { 4169 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF: 4170 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF: 4171 return true; 4172 default: 4173 return false; 4174 } 4175 } 4176 4177 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } 4178 4179 private: 4180 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const; 4181 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic, 4182 bool &IsCPRC) const; 4183 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; 4184 4185 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4186 4187 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4188 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4189 4190 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const; 4191 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const; 4192 void setRuntimeCC(); 4193 4194 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4195 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const; 4196 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const; 4197 }; 4198 4199 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4200 public: 4201 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) 4202 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} 4203 4204 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { 4205 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); 4206 } 4207 4208 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 4209 return 13; 4210 } 4211 4212 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override { 4213 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; 4214 } 4215 4216 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 4217 llvm::Value *Address) const override { 4218 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 4219 4220 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. 4221 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); 4222 return false; 4223 } 4224 4225 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 4226 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; 4227 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); 4228 } 4229 4230 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 4231 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 4232 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4233 if (!FD) 4234 return; 4235 4236 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>(); 4237 if (!Attr) 4238 return; 4239 4240 const char *Kind; 4241 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) { 4242 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break; 4243 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break; 4244 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break; 4245 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break; 4246 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break; 4247 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break; 4248 } 4249 4250 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 4251 4252 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind); 4253 4254 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS) 4255 return; 4256 4257 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface, 4258 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct 4259 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue. 4260 llvm::AttrBuilder B; 4261 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8); 4262 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4263 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(), 4264 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex, 4265 B)); 4266 } 4267 4268 }; 4269 4270 } 4271 4272 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4273 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the 4274 // VFP registers allocated so far. 4275 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4276 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4277 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4278 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4279 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4280 resetAllocatedRegs(); 4281 4282 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4283 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !FI.isVariadic(); 4284 4285 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) { 4286 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) 4287 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4288 } else { 4289 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic()); 4290 } 4291 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) { 4292 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs; 4293 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs; 4294 bool IsCPRC = false; 4295 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers 4296 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments. 4297 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC); 4298 4299 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running 4300 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and 4301 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the 4302 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could 4303 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as 4304 // unusable anyway. 4305 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the 4306 // backend can handle that situation correctly. 4307 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs; 4308 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal(); 4309 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs && 4310 StackUsed && !IsByVal) { 4311 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get( 4312 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs); 4313 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) { 4314 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4315 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4316 } else { 4317 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */, 4318 PaddingTy, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4319 } 4320 } 4321 } 4322 4323 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 4324 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4325 return; 4326 4327 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC(); 4328 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C) 4329 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc); 4330 } 4331 4332 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use. 4333 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const { 4334 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer. 4335 if (isEABIHF()) 4336 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4337 else if (isEABI()) 4338 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4339 else 4340 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4341 } 4342 4343 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use 4344 /// as the C calling convention. 4345 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const { 4346 switch (getABIKind()) { 4347 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; 4348 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; 4349 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP; 4350 } 4351 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind"); 4352 } 4353 4354 void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() { 4355 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C); 4356 4357 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if 4358 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple. 4359 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC(); 4360 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC()) 4361 RuntimeCC = abiCC; 4362 } 4363 4364 /// isARMHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous 4365 /// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements 4366 /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the 4367 /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types. 4368 static bool isARMHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, 4369 ASTContext &Context, bool isAArch64, 4370 uint64_t *HAMembers) { 4371 uint64_t Members = 0; 4372 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { 4373 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &Members)) 4374 return false; 4375 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4376 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4377 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4378 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4379 return false; 4380 4381 Members = 0; 4382 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 4383 uint64_t FldMembers; 4384 if (!isARMHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, isAArch64, &FldMembers)) 4385 return false; 4386 4387 Members = (RD->isUnion() ? 4388 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); 4389 } 4390 } else { 4391 Members = 1; 4392 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4393 Members = 2; 4394 Ty = CT->getElementType(); 4395 } 4396 4397 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, 4398 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. "long double" has the same machine 4399 // type as double, so it is also allowed as a base type. 4400 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating 4401 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI, 4402 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed, 4403 // including __fp16. 4404 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4405 if (isAArch64) { 4406 if (!BT->isFloatingPoint()) 4407 return false; 4408 } else { 4409 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && 4410 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && 4411 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4412 return false; 4413 } 4414 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4415 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); 4416 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128) 4417 return false; 4418 } else { 4419 return false; 4420 } 4421 4422 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the 4423 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here. 4424 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); 4425 if (!Base) 4426 Base = TyPtr; 4427 4428 if (Base != TyPtr) { 4429 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the 4430 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have 4431 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type: 4432 4433 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number 4434 // of their members. 4435 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType() 4436 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4437 4438 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same 4439 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS. 4440 const bool SameSizeDoubles = 4441 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) 4442 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)) 4443 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble) 4444 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))) 4445 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr)); 4446 4447 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles) 4448 return false; 4449 } 4450 } 4451 4452 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type. 4453 if (HAMembers) 4454 *HAMembers = Members; 4455 4456 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4); 4457 } 4458 4459 /// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and 4460 /// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested. 4461 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, 4462 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4463 // Early Exit. 4464 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) { 4465 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on 4466 // the stack. 4467 AllocatedVFPs = 17; 4468 return; 4469 } 4470 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive 4471 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is 4472 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers. 4473 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) { 4474 bool FoundSlot = true; 4475 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4476 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) { 4477 FoundSlot = false; 4478 break; 4479 } 4480 if (FoundSlot) { 4481 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++) 4482 VFPRegs[J] = 1; 4483 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired; 4484 return; 4485 } 4486 } 4487 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are 4488 // unallocated are marked as unavailable. 4489 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++) 4490 VFPRegs[I] = 1; 4491 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers. 4492 } 4493 4494 /// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers 4495 /// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4, 4496 /// this represents arguments being stored on the stack. 4497 void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, 4498 unsigned NumRequired) const { 4499 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes"); 4500 4501 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1) 4502 AllocatedGPRs += 1; 4503 4504 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired; 4505 } 4506 4507 void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const { 4508 AllocatedGPRs = 0; 4509 AllocatedVFPs = 0; 4510 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i) 4511 VFPRegs[i] = 0; 4512 } 4513 4514 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic, 4515 bool &IsCPRC) const { 4516 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to 4517 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs: 4518 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted 4519 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type; 4520 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate 4521 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type, 4522 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one 4523 // to four Elements. 4524 4525 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4526 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4527 4528 // Handle illegal vector types here. 4529 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { 4530 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4531 if (Size <= 32) { 4532 llvm::Type *ResType = 4533 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4534 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4535 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4536 } 4537 if (Size == 64) { 4538 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4539 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2); 4540 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){ 4541 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2); 4542 } else { 4543 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4544 IsCPRC = true; 4545 } 4546 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4547 } 4548 if (Size == 128) { 4549 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get( 4550 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4); 4551 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) { 4552 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4); 4553 } else { 4554 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4); 4555 IsCPRC = true; 4556 } 4557 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4558 } 4559 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4560 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 4561 } 4562 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types. 4563 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4564 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4565 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4566 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64. 4567 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32); 4568 IsCPRC = true; 4569 } 4570 } 4571 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types. 4572 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4573 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4574 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || 4575 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) { 4576 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1); 4577 IsCPRC = true; 4578 } 4579 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double || 4580 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { 4581 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2); 4582 IsCPRC = true; 4583 } 4584 } 4585 } 4586 4587 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 4588 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4589 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4590 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4591 } 4592 4593 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 4594 if (!IsCPRC) 4595 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32); 4596 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() 4597 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4598 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4599 } 4600 4601 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 4602 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4603 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 4604 } 4605 4606 // Ignore empty records. 4607 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 4608 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4609 4610 if (isAAPCS_VFP) { 4611 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate 4612 // into VFP registers. 4613 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4614 uint64_t Members = 0; 4615 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), false, &Members)) { 4616 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4617 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector. 4618 if (Base->isVectorType()) { 4619 // ElementSize is in number of floats. 4620 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4; 4621 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize, 4622 Members * ElementSize); 4623 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 4624 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members); 4625 else { 4626 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 4627 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)); 4628 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2); 4629 } 4630 IsCPRC = true; 4631 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4632 } 4633 } 4634 4635 // Support byval for ARM. 4636 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at 4637 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger 4638 // than ABI alignment. 4639 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4; 4640 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4641 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4642 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4643 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4644 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) { 4645 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the 4646 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available 4647 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the 4648 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled. 4649 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4); 4650 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, 4651 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign); 4652 } 4653 4654 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. 4655 llvm::Type* ElemTy; 4656 unsigned SizeRegs; 4657 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where 4658 // we can. 4659 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { 4660 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); 4661 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; 4662 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs); 4663 } else { 4664 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); 4665 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; 4666 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2); 4667 } 4668 4669 llvm::Type *STy = 4670 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); 4671 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4672 } 4673 4674 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, 4675 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { 4676 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure 4677 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and 4678 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. 4679 4680 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); 4681 4682 // Check that the type fits in a word. 4683 if (Size > 32) 4684 return false; 4685 4686 // FIXME: Handle vector types! 4687 if (Ty->isVectorType()) 4688 return false; 4689 4690 // Float types are never treated as "integer like". 4691 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) 4692 return false; 4693 4694 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. 4695 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) 4696 return true; 4697 4698 // Small complex integer types are "integer like". 4699 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4700 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); 4701 4702 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition 4703 // above, but they are not. 4704 4705 // Otherwise, it must be a record type. 4706 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 4707 if (!RT) return false; 4708 4709 // Ignore records with flexible arrays. 4710 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 4711 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 4712 return false; 4713 4714 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer 4715 // like". 4716 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4717 4718 bool HadField = false; 4719 unsigned idx = 0; 4720 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 4721 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 4722 const FieldDecl *FD = *i; 4723 4724 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer 4725 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: 4726 // struct { int : 0; int x } 4727 // is non-integer like according to gcc. 4728 if (FD->isBitField()) { 4729 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4730 HadField = true; 4731 4732 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4733 return false; 4734 4735 continue; 4736 } 4737 4738 // Check if this field is at offset 0. 4739 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) 4740 return false; 4741 4742 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) 4743 return false; 4744 4745 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the 4746 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an 4747 // empty structure. 4748 if (!RD->isUnion()) { 4749 if (HadField) 4750 return false; 4751 4752 HadField = true; 4753 } 4754 } 4755 4756 return true; 4757 } 4758 4759 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, 4760 bool isVariadic) const { 4761 const bool isAAPCS_VFP = 4762 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic; 4763 4764 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 4765 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4766 4767 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 4768 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) { 4769 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4770 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4771 } 4772 4773 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 4774 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 4775 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 4776 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 4777 4778 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() 4779 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend() 4780 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP)); 4781 } 4782 4783 // Are we following APCS? 4784 if (getABIKind() == APCS) { 4785 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) 4786 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4787 4788 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. 4789 // 4790 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them 4791 // correctly. 4792 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 4793 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get( 4794 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); 4795 4796 // Integer like structures are returned in r0. 4797 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { 4798 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4799 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4800 if (Size <= 8) 4801 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 4802 if (Size <= 16) 4803 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 4804 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 4805 } 4806 4807 // Otherwise return in memory. 4808 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4810 } 4811 4812 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. 4813 4814 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 4815 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 4816 4817 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. 4818 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) { 4819 const Type *Base = nullptr; 4820 if (isARMHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext(), false)) { 4821 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); 4822 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. 4823 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4824 } 4825 } 4826 4827 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 4828 // are returned indirectly. 4829 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 4830 if (Size <= 32) { 4831 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) 4832 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4) 4833 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4834 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4835 4836 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 4837 if (Size <= 8) 4838 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4839 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4840 if (Size <= 16) 4841 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4842 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4843 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 0, 4844 nullptr, !isAAPCS_VFP); 4845 } 4846 4847 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1); 4848 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 4849 } 4850 4851 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type. 4852 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { 4853 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { 4854 // Check whether VT is legal. 4855 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements(); 4856 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); 4857 // NumElements should be power of 2. 4858 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0) 4859 return true; 4860 // Size should be greater than 32 bits. 4861 return Size <= 32; 4862 } 4863 return false; 4864 } 4865 4866 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4867 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4868 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 4869 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 4870 4871 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 4872 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 4873 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 4874 4875 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) { 4876 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes. 4877 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4878 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4879 } 4880 4881 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; 4882 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 4883 bool IsIndirect = false; 4884 4885 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for 4886 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte. 4887 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP || 4888 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) 4889 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8); 4890 else 4891 TyAlign = 4; 4892 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes. 4893 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) { 4894 IsIndirect = true; 4895 Size = 4; 4896 TyAlign = 4; 4897 } 4898 4899 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes. 4900 if (TyAlign > 4) { 4901 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && 4902 "Alignment is not power of 2!"); 4903 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); 4904 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); 4905 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); 4906 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align"); 4907 } 4908 4909 uint64_t Offset = 4910 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4); 4911 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 4912 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 4913 "ap.next"); 4914 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 4915 4916 if (IsIndirect) 4917 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP)); 4918 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) { 4919 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur 4920 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned 4921 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary 4922 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater 4923 // than the ABI alignment. 4924 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy(); 4925 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty); 4926 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty), 4927 "var.align"); 4928 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy); 4929 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy); 4930 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src, 4931 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()), 4932 TyAlign, false); 4933 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location. 4934 } 4935 llvm::Type *PTy = 4936 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 4937 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 4938 4939 return AddrTyped; 4940 } 4941 4942 namespace { 4943 4944 class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4945 public: 4946 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4947 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {} 4948 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4949 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4950 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 4951 private: 4952 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv. 4953 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else. 4954 }; 4955 4956 class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4957 public: 4958 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind) 4959 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {} 4960 }; 4961 4962 } 4963 4964 void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 4965 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall) 4966 PInfo.computeInfo(FI); 4967 else 4968 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI); 4969 } 4970 4971 llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4972 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 4973 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions 4974 // is unsupported. 4975 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); 4976 } 4977 4978 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4979 // NVPTX ABI Implementation 4980 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4981 4982 namespace { 4983 4984 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 4985 public: 4986 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 4987 4988 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 4989 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 4990 4991 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 4992 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 4993 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override; 4994 }; 4995 4996 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 4997 public: 4998 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 4999 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5000 5001 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5002 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5003 private: 5004 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the 5005 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode. 5006 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand); 5007 }; 5008 5009 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5010 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5011 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5012 5013 // note: this is different from default ABI 5014 if (!RetTy->isScalarType()) 5015 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5016 5017 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5018 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5019 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5020 5021 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5022 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5023 } 5024 5025 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5026 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5027 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5028 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5029 5030 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5031 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5032 } 5033 5034 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5035 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5036 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5037 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5038 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5039 5040 // Always honor user-specified calling convention. 5041 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) 5042 return; 5043 5044 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC()); 5045 } 5046 5047 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5048 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { 5049 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); 5050 } 5051 5052 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: 5053 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5054 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ 5055 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5056 if (!FD) return; 5057 5058 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5059 5060 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode 5061 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5062 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions 5063 // By default, all functions are device functions 5064 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5065 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata 5066 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5067 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5068 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5069 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5070 } 5071 } 5072 5073 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. 5074 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5075 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since 5076 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not 5077 // need to set the noinline attribute. 5078 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) { 5079 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node 5080 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1); 5081 } 5082 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) { 5083 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node 5084 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", 5085 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads()); 5086 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a 5087 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in 5088 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we 5089 // don't have to add a PTX directive. 5090 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks(); 5091 if (MinCTASM > 0) { 5092 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node 5093 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM); 5094 } 5095 } 5096 } 5097 } 5098 5099 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, 5100 int Operand) { 5101 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent(); 5102 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext(); 5103 5104 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node 5105 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations"); 5106 5107 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = { 5108 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name), 5109 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)}; 5110 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations 5111 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 5112 } 5113 } 5114 5115 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5116 // SystemZ ABI Implementation 5117 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5118 5119 namespace { 5120 5121 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5122 public: 5123 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5124 5125 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; 5126 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const; 5127 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; 5128 5129 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5130 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const; 5131 5132 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override { 5133 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5134 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5135 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5136 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5137 } 5138 5139 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5140 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5141 }; 5142 5143 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5144 public: 5145 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5146 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5147 }; 5148 5149 } 5150 5151 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { 5152 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5153 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5154 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5155 5156 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI. 5157 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5158 return true; 5159 5160 // 32-bit values must also be promoted. 5161 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5162 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5163 case BuiltinType::Int: 5164 case BuiltinType::UInt: 5165 return true; 5166 default: 5167 return false; 5168 } 5169 return false; 5170 } 5171 5172 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const { 5173 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty); 5174 } 5175 5176 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5177 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 5178 switch (BT->getKind()) { 5179 case BuiltinType::Float: 5180 case BuiltinType::Double: 5181 return true; 5182 default: 5183 return false; 5184 } 5185 5186 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) { 5187 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5188 bool Found = false; 5189 5190 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. 5191 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) 5192 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) { 5193 QualType Base = I.getType(); 5194 5195 // Empty bases don't affect things either way. 5196 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true)) 5197 continue; 5198 5199 if (Found) 5200 return false; 5201 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base); 5202 if (!Found) 5203 return false; 5204 } 5205 5206 // Check the fields. 5207 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 5208 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way. 5209 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields 5210 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized. 5211 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0) 5212 return true; 5213 5214 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count. 5215 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though. 5216 if (Found) 5217 return false; 5218 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType()); 5219 if (!Found) 5220 return false; 5221 } 5222 5223 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed. 5224 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double. 5225 return Found; 5226 } 5227 5228 return false; 5229 } 5230 5231 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5232 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5233 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: 5234 // struct { 5235 // i64 __gpr; 5236 // i64 __fpr; 5237 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area; 5238 // i8 *__reg_save_area; 5239 // }; 5240 5241 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either 5242 // GPRs or FPRs. 5243 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); 5244 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 5245 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty); 5246 5247 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty)); 5248 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect(); 5249 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize; 5250 if (IsIndirect) { 5251 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy); 5252 UnpaddedBitSize = 64; 5253 } else 5254 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5255 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64; 5256 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size."); 5257 5258 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8; 5259 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8; 5260 5261 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding; 5262 if (InFPRs) { 5263 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments 5264 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr 5265 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0 5266 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR 5267 } else { 5268 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments 5269 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr 5270 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2 5271 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR 5272 } 5273 5274 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr = 5275 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr"); 5276 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count"); 5277 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType(); 5278 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs); 5279 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV, 5280 "fits_in_regs"); 5281 5282 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); 5283 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); 5284 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); 5285 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); 5286 5287 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. 5288 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); 5289 5290 // Work out the address of an argument register. 5291 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize); 5292 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount = 5293 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count"); 5294 llvm::Value *RegBase = 5295 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding); 5296 llvm::Value *RegOffset = 5297 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset"); 5298 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr = 5299 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr"); 5300 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = 5301 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area"); 5302 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr = 5303 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr"); 5304 llvm::Value *RegAddr = 5305 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr"); 5306 5307 // Update the register count 5308 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1); 5309 llvm::Value *NewRegCount = 5310 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count"); 5311 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr); 5312 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5313 5314 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. 5315 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); 5316 5317 // Work out the address of a stack argument. 5318 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr = 5319 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr"); 5320 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea = 5321 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"); 5322 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding); 5323 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr = 5324 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr"); 5325 llvm::Value *MemAddr = 5326 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr"); 5327 5328 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer 5329 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea = 5330 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area"); 5331 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr); 5332 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); 5333 5334 // Return the appropriate result. 5335 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); 5336 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr"); 5337 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); 5338 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); 5339 5340 if (IsIndirect) 5341 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"); 5342 5343 return ResAddr; 5344 } 5345 5346 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5347 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5348 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5349 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5350 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5351 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? 5352 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5353 } 5354 5355 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5356 // Handle the generic C++ ABI. 5357 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5358 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5359 5360 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width. 5361 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty)) 5362 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5363 5364 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly. 5365 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5366 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64) 5367 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5368 5369 // Handle small structures. 5370 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5371 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really 5372 // fail the size test above. 5373 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5374 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) 5375 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5376 5377 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double. 5378 llvm::Type *PassTy; 5379 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) { 5380 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64); 5381 if (Size == 32) 5382 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); 5383 else 5384 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); 5385 } else 5386 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size); 5387 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy); 5388 } 5389 5390 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly. 5391 if (isCompoundType(Ty)) 5392 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 5393 5394 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr); 5395 } 5396 5397 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5398 // MSP430 ABI Implementation 5399 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5400 5401 namespace { 5402 5403 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5404 public: 5405 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5406 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5407 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5408 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5409 }; 5410 5411 } 5412 5413 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5414 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5415 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5416 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 5417 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { 5418 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: 5419 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5420 5421 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. 5422 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); 5423 5424 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. 5425 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5426 5427 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. 5428 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2; 5429 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, 5430 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F); 5431 } 5432 } 5433 } 5434 5435 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5436 // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and 5437 // big-endian variants. 5438 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5439 5440 namespace { 5441 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5442 bool IsO32; 5443 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; 5444 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5445 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const; 5446 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; 5447 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; 5448 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; 5449 public: 5450 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : 5451 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), 5452 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} 5453 5454 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5455 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; 5456 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5457 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5458 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5459 }; 5460 5461 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5462 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; 5463 public: 5464 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) 5465 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), 5466 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} 5467 5468 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5469 return 29; 5470 } 5471 5472 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5473 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override { 5474 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5475 if (!FD) return; 5476 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5477 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) { 5478 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16"); 5479 } 5480 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) { 5481 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16"); 5482 } 5483 } 5484 5485 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5486 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 5487 5488 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override { 5489 return SizeOfUnwindException; 5490 } 5491 }; 5492 } 5493 5494 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, 5495 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const { 5496 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = 5497 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5498 5499 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. 5500 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) 5501 ArgList.push_back(IntTy); 5502 5503 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. 5504 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); 5505 5506 if (R) 5507 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); 5508 } 5509 5510 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in 5511 // a register. 5512 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { 5513 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; 5514 5515 if (IsO32) { 5516 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5517 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5518 } 5519 5520 if (Ty->isComplexType()) 5521 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 5522 5523 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); 5524 5525 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. 5526 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5527 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); 5528 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5529 } 5530 5531 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5532 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5533 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); 5534 5535 uint64_t LastOffset = 0; 5536 unsigned idx = 0; 5537 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); 5538 5539 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned 5540 // double fields. 5541 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5542 i != e; ++i, ++idx) { 5543 const QualType Ty = i->getType(); 5544 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5545 5546 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) 5547 continue; 5548 5549 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); 5550 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. 5551 continue; 5552 5553 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. 5554 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) 5555 ArgList.push_back(I64); 5556 5557 // Add double type. 5558 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); 5559 LastOffset = Offset + 64; 5560 } 5561 5562 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); 5563 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); 5564 5565 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); 5566 } 5567 5568 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset, 5569 uint64_t Offset) const { 5570 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset) 5571 return nullptr; 5572 5573 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8); 5574 } 5575 5576 ABIArgInfo 5577 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { 5578 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; 5579 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5580 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; 5581 5582 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), 5583 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); 5584 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); 5585 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; 5586 5587 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { 5588 // Ignore empty aggregates. 5589 if (TySize == 0) 5590 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5591 5592 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) { 5593 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; 5594 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5595 } 5596 5597 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to 5598 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the 5599 // aggregate is unaligned. 5600 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, 5601 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5602 } 5603 5604 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5605 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5606 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5607 5608 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) 5609 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 5610 5611 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect( 5612 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset)); 5613 } 5614 5615 llvm::Type* 5616 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { 5617 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5618 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; 5619 5620 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5621 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); 5622 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5623 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); 5624 5625 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the 5626 // following conditions are met: 5627 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. 5628 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating 5629 // point types. 5630 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). 5631 // 5632 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. 5633 // 5634 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { 5635 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); 5636 for (; b != e; ++b) { 5637 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 5638 5639 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) 5640 break; 5641 5642 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); 5643 } 5644 5645 if (b == e) 5646 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, 5647 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); 5648 5649 RTList.clear(); 5650 } 5651 } 5652 5653 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); 5654 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); 5655 } 5656 5657 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5658 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5659 5660 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5661 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5662 5663 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs. 5664 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values. 5665 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0) 5666 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5667 5668 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { 5669 if (Size <= 128) { 5670 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) 5671 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 5672 5673 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small 5674 // aggregates in registers. 5675 if (!IsO32 || 5676 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) { 5677 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo = 5678 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); 5679 ArgInfo.setInReg(true); 5680 return ArgInfo; 5681 } 5682 } 5683 5684 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5685 } 5686 5687 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5688 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5689 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5690 5691 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5692 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5693 } 5694 5695 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5696 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); 5697 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5698 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5699 5700 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. 5701 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; 5702 5703 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5704 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset); 5705 } 5706 5707 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5708 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5709 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; 5710 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5711 5712 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5713 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 5714 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5715 int64_t TypeAlign = 5716 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes); 5717 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5718 llvm::Value *AddrTyped; 5719 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0); 5720 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; 5721 5722 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { 5723 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); 5724 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); 5725 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); 5726 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); 5727 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); 5728 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); 5729 } 5730 else 5731 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5732 5733 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); 5734 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); 5735 uint64_t Offset = 5736 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign); 5737 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5738 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), 5739 "ap.next"); 5740 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5741 5742 return AddrTyped; 5743 } 5744 5745 bool 5746 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 5747 llvm::Value *Address) const { 5748 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to 5749 // as canonical as it gets. 5750 5751 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers 5752 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. 5753 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); 5754 5755 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. 5756 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. 5757 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. 5758 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. 5759 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); 5760 5761 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. 5762 // They are one bit wide and ignored here. 5763 5764 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. 5765 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) 5766 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. 5767 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. 5768 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. 5769 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); 5770 return false; 5771 } 5772 5773 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5774 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. 5775 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute 5776 // handling. 5777 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5778 5779 namespace { 5780 5781 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { 5782 public: 5783 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5784 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} 5785 5786 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5787 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 5788 }; 5789 5790 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, 5791 llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 5792 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { 5793 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5794 if (!FD) return; 5795 5796 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); 5797 5798 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5799 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 5800 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining 5801 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline); 5802 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>(); 5803 if (Attr) { 5804 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. 5805 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); 5806 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = 5807 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); 5808 5809 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; 5810 Operands.push_back(F); 5811 5812 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5813 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))); 5814 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5815 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))); 5816 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, 5817 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))); 5818 5819 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) 5820 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently 5821 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. 5822 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); 5823 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); 5824 } 5825 } 5826 } 5827 } 5828 5829 } 5830 5831 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5832 // Hexagon ABI Implementation 5833 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5834 5835 namespace { 5836 5837 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5838 5839 5840 public: 5841 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5842 5843 private: 5844 5845 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; 5846 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; 5847 5848 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5849 5850 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5851 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 5852 }; 5853 5854 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 5855 public: 5856 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 5857 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} 5858 5859 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 5860 return 29; 5861 } 5862 }; 5863 5864 } 5865 5866 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 5867 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) 5868 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); 5869 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 5870 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type); 5871 } 5872 5873 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { 5874 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { 5875 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5876 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 5877 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5878 5879 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5880 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5881 } 5882 5883 // Ignore empty records. 5884 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) 5885 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5886 5887 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 5888 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 5889 5890 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 5891 if (Size > 64) 5892 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5893 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. 5894 else if (Size > 32) 5895 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5896 else if (Size > 16) 5897 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5898 else if (Size > 8) 5899 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5900 else 5901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5902 } 5903 5904 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { 5905 if (RetTy->isVoidType()) 5906 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5907 5908 // Large vector types should be returned via memory. 5909 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) 5910 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); 5911 5912 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { 5913 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 5914 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 5915 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 5916 5917 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? 5918 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); 5919 } 5920 5921 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) 5922 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 5923 5924 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates 5925 // are returned indirectly. 5926 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); 5927 if (Size <= 64) { 5928 // Return in the smallest viable integer type. 5929 if (Size <= 8) 5930 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); 5931 if (Size <= 16) 5932 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); 5933 if (Size <= 32) 5934 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); 5935 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); 5936 } 5937 5938 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); 5939 } 5940 5941 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 5942 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 5943 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment 5944 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 5945 5946 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 5947 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, 5948 "ap"); 5949 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 5950 llvm::Type *PTy = 5951 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); 5952 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); 5953 5954 uint64_t Offset = 5955 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); 5956 llvm::Value *NextAddr = 5957 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), 5958 "ap.next"); 5959 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 5960 5961 return AddrTyped; 5962 } 5963 5964 5965 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5966 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation. 5967 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1. 5968 // 5969 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to 5970 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in 5971 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly. 5972 // 5973 // One case requires special care: 5974 // 5975 // struct mixed { 5976 // int i; 5977 // float f; 5978 // }; 5979 // 5980 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the 5981 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float 5982 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments 5983 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute: 5984 // 5985 // declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f) 5986 // 5987 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for 5988 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8 5989 // bytes. 5990 // 5991 namespace { 5992 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { 5993 public: 5994 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} 5995 5996 private: 5997 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const; 5998 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override; 5999 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6000 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6001 6002 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type 6003 // serves two purposes: 6004 // 6005 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned' 6006 // in registers. 6007 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the 6008 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers. 6009 // 6010 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains 6011 // aligned 32-bit floats. 6012 // 6013 struct CoerceBuilder { 6014 llvm::LLVMContext &Context; 6015 const llvm::DataLayout &DL; 6016 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems; 6017 uint64_t Size; 6018 bool InReg; 6019 6020 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl) 6021 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {} 6022 6023 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize. 6024 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) { 6025 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements"); 6026 if (ToSize == Size) 6027 return; 6028 6029 // Finish the current 64-bit word. 6030 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64); 6031 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) { 6032 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size)); 6033 Size = Aligned; 6034 } 6035 6036 // Add whole 64-bit words. 6037 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) { 6038 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context)); 6039 Size += 64; 6040 } 6041 6042 // Final in-word padding. 6043 if (Size < ToSize) { 6044 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size)); 6045 Size = ToSize; 6046 } 6047 } 6048 6049 // Add a floating point element at Offset. 6050 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) { 6051 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers. 6052 if (Offset % Bits) 6053 return; 6054 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits. 6055 if (Bits < 64) 6056 InReg = true; 6057 pad(Offset); 6058 Elems.push_back(Ty); 6059 Size = Offset + Bits; 6060 } 6061 6062 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits). 6063 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) { 6064 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy); 6065 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) { 6066 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i); 6067 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i); 6068 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) { 6069 case llvm::Type::StructTyID: 6070 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy)); 6071 break; 6072 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID: 6073 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32); 6074 break; 6075 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID: 6076 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64); 6077 break; 6078 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID: 6079 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128); 6080 break; 6081 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID: 6082 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) { 6083 pad(ElemOffset); 6084 Elems.push_back(ElemTy); 6085 Size += 64; 6086 } 6087 break; 6088 default: 6089 break; 6090 } 6091 } 6092 } 6093 6094 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type. 6095 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const { 6096 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size()) 6097 return false; 6098 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i) 6099 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i)) 6100 return false; 6101 return true; 6102 } 6103 6104 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type. 6105 llvm::Type *getType() const { 6106 if (Elems.size() == 1) 6107 return Elems.front(); 6108 else 6109 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems); 6110 } 6111 }; 6112 }; 6113 } // end anonymous namespace 6114 6115 ABIArgInfo 6116 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const { 6117 if (Ty->isVoidType()) 6118 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); 6119 6120 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); 6121 6122 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect 6123 // pointer / sret pointer. 6124 if (Size > SizeLimit) 6125 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); 6126 6127 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. 6128 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) 6129 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6130 6131 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended. 6132 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType()) 6133 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); 6134 6135 // Other non-aggregates go in registers. 6136 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) 6137 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6138 6139 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial 6140 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer. 6141 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) 6142 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory); 6143 6144 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers. 6145 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type. 6146 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)); 6147 if (!StrTy) 6148 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); 6149 6150 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout()); 6151 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy); 6152 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64)); 6153 6154 // Try to use the original type for coercion. 6155 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType(); 6156 6157 if (CB.InReg) 6158 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy); 6159 else 6160 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy); 6161 } 6162 6163 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6164 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6165 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8); 6166 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6167 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6168 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6169 6170 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; 6171 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6172 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); 6173 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); 6174 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6175 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6176 unsigned Stride; 6177 6178 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6179 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6180 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6181 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6182 6183 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6184 Stride = 8; 6185 ArgAddr = Builder 6186 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy), 6187 "extend"); 6188 break; 6189 6190 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6191 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6192 ArgAddr = Addr; 6193 break; 6194 6195 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6196 Stride = 8; 6197 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, 6198 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy), 6199 "indirect"); 6200 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"); 6201 break; 6202 6203 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6204 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6205 } 6206 6207 // Update VAList. 6208 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next"); 6209 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6210 6211 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr"); 6212 } 6213 6214 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { 6215 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8); 6216 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) 6217 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8); 6218 } 6219 6220 namespace { 6221 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6222 public: 6223 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6224 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6225 6226 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override { 6227 return 14; 6228 } 6229 6230 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6231 llvm::Value *Address) const override; 6232 }; 6233 } // end anonymous namespace 6234 6235 bool 6236 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, 6237 llvm::Value *Address) const { 6238 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified 6239 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. 6240 6241 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6242 6243 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; 6244 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); 6245 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); 6246 6247 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers 6248 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); 6249 6250 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers 6251 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63); 6252 6253 // Y = 64 6254 // PSR = 65 6255 // WIM = 66 6256 // TBR = 67 6257 // PC = 68 6258 // NPC = 69 6259 // FSR = 70 6260 // CSR = 71 6261 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71); 6262 6263 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers 6264 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87); 6265 6266 return false; 6267 } 6268 6269 6270 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6271 // XCore ABI Implementation 6272 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6273 6274 namespace { 6275 6276 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing 6277 /// it by reference between functions that append to it. 6278 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc; 6279 6280 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types. 6281 /// 6282 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold: 6283 /// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses; 6284 /// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion. 6285 /// 6286 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of: 6287 /// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive; 6288 /// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive; 6289 /// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString; 6290 /// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a 6291 /// Recursive type encoding. 6292 /// 6293 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully 6294 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type 6295 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever 6296 /// the type is encountered. 6297 /// 6298 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as 6299 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which 6300 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion 6301 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses 6302 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types. 6303 /// 6304 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its 6305 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and 6306 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and 6307 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion 6308 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed. 6309 /// 6310 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members: 6311 /// 6312 /// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the 6313 /// cached encoding is used; 6314 /// 6315 /// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the 6316 /// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and... 6317 /// 6318 /// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the 6319 /// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member; 6320 /// 6321 /// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete 6322 /// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out 6323 /// it is swapped back in; 6324 /// 6325 /// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete 6326 /// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many 6327 /// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount; 6328 /// 6329 /// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz: 6330 /// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache. 6331 /// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has 6332 /// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member. 6333 /// 6334 class TypeStringCache { 6335 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed}; 6336 struct Entry { 6337 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type. 6338 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'. 6339 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding 6340 // during the expansion of RecordType's members. 6341 }; 6342 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map; 6343 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map. 6344 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map. 6345 public: 6346 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}; 6347 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc); 6348 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6349 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6350 bool IsRecursive); 6351 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID); 6352 }; 6353 6354 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order. 6355 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process. 6356 class FieldEncoding { 6357 bool HasName; 6358 std::string Enc; 6359 public: 6360 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}; 6361 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}; 6362 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const { 6363 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName; 6364 return Enc < rhs.Enc; 6365 } 6366 }; 6367 6368 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { 6369 public: 6370 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} 6371 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6372 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override; 6373 }; 6374 6375 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { 6376 mutable TypeStringCache TSC; 6377 public: 6378 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) 6379 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {} 6380 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6381 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override; 6382 }; 6383 6384 } // End anonymous namespace. 6385 6386 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, 6387 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { 6388 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; 6389 6390 // Get the VAList. 6391 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, 6392 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy); 6393 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP); 6394 6395 // Handle the argument. 6396 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty); 6397 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); 6398 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType()) 6399 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy); 6400 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy); 6401 llvm::Value *Val; 6402 uint64_t ArgSize = 0; 6403 switch (AI.getKind()) { 6404 case ABIArgInfo::Expand: 6405 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca: 6406 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg"); 6407 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore: 6408 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy); 6409 ArgSize = 0; 6410 break; 6411 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: 6412 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: 6413 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy); 6414 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()); 6415 if (ArgSize < 4) 6416 ArgSize = 4; 6417 break; 6418 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect: 6419 llvm::Value *ArgAddr; 6420 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy)); 6421 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr); 6422 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy); 6423 ArgSize = 4; 6424 break; 6425 } 6426 6427 // Increment the VAList. 6428 if (ArgSize) { 6429 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize); 6430 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP); 6431 } 6432 return Val; 6433 } 6434 6435 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed 6436 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion. 6437 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will 6438 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete(). 6439 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here. 6440 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, 6441 std::string StubEnc) { 6442 if (!ID) 6443 return; 6444 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6445 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) && 6446 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete"); 6447 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()"); 6448 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive 6449 E.Str.swap(StubEnc); 6450 E.State = Incomplete; 6451 ++IncompleteCount; 6452 } 6453 6454 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString 6455 /// must be removed from the cache. 6456 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced. 6457 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively. 6458 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6459 if (!ID) 6460 return false; 6461 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6462 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present"); 6463 Entry &E = I->second; 6464 assert( (E.State == Incomplete || 6465 E.State == IncompleteUsed) && 6466 "Entry must be an incomplete type"); 6467 bool IsRecursive = false; 6468 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) { 6469 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive. 6470 IsRecursive = true; 6471 --IncompleteUsedCount; 6472 } 6473 if (E.Swapped.empty()) 6474 Map.erase(I); 6475 else { 6476 // Swap the Recursive back. 6477 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); 6478 E.Swapped.clear(); 6479 E.State = Recursive; 6480 } 6481 --IncompleteCount; 6482 return IsRecursive; 6483 } 6484 6485 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or 6486 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible). 6487 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str, 6488 bool IsRecursive) { 6489 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount) 6490 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add. 6491 Entry &E = Map[ID]; 6492 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) { 6493 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() && 6494 "This is not the same Recursive entry"); 6495 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used 6496 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when 6497 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0. 6498 return; 6499 } 6500 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present"); 6501 E.Str = Str.str(); 6502 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive; 6503 } 6504 6505 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we 6506 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached 6507 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef. 6508 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6509 if (!ID) 6510 return StringRef(); // We have no key. 6511 auto I = Map.find(ID); 6512 if (I == Map.end()) 6513 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding. 6514 Entry &E = I->second; 6515 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount) 6516 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types. 6517 6518 if (E.State == Incomplete) { 6519 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion. 6520 E.State = IncompleteUsed; 6521 ++IncompleteUsedCount; 6522 } 6523 return E.Str.c_str(); 6524 } 6525 6526 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol 6527 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify 6528 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al. 6529 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings. 6530 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global 6531 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables. 6532 /// 6533 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details. 6534 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details: 6535 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf> 6536 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c. 6537 /// 6538 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6539 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC); 6540 6541 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols. 6542 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, 6543 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { 6544 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6545 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) { 6546 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext(); 6547 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals; 6548 MDVals.push_back(GV); 6549 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str())); 6550 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = 6551 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings"); 6552 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals)); 6553 } 6554 } 6555 6556 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6557 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6558 TypeStringCache &TSC); 6559 6560 /// Helper function for appendRecordType(). 6561 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order. 6562 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE, 6563 const RecordDecl *RD, 6564 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6565 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6566 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) { 6567 SmallStringEnc Enc; 6568 Enc += "m("; 6569 Enc += Field->getName(); 6570 Enc += "){"; 6571 if (Field->isBitField()) { 6572 Enc += "b("; 6573 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc); 6574 OS.resync(); 6575 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext()); 6576 OS.flush(); 6577 Enc += ':'; 6578 } 6579 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC)) 6580 return false; 6581 if (Field->isBitField()) 6582 Enc += ')'; 6583 Enc += '}'; 6584 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc)); 6585 } 6586 return true; 6587 } 6588 6589 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache. 6590 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field. 6591 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI. 6592 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT, 6593 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6594 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6595 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6596 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6597 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6598 Enc += TypeString; 6599 return true; 6600 } 6601 6602 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString. 6603 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6604 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's'); 6605 Enc += '('; 6606 if (ID) 6607 Enc += ID->getName(); 6608 Enc += "){"; 6609 6610 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary. 6611 bool IsRecursive = false; 6612 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition(); 6613 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) { 6614 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType 6615 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a 6616 // complete TypeString for this RecordType. 6617 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6618 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str()); 6619 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString. 6620 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc)); 6621 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) { 6622 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6623 return false; 6624 } 6625 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID); 6626 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures. 6627 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm. 6628 if (RT->isUnionType()) 6629 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6630 // We can now complete the TypeString. 6631 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6632 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6633 if (I) 6634 Enc += ','; 6635 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6636 } 6637 } 6638 Enc += '}'; 6639 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive); 6640 return true; 6641 } 6642 6643 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache. 6644 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET, 6645 TypeStringCache &TSC, 6646 const IdentifierInfo *ID) { 6647 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one. 6648 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID); 6649 if (!TypeString.empty()) { 6650 Enc += TypeString; 6651 return true; 6652 } 6653 6654 size_t Start = Enc.size(); 6655 Enc += "e("; 6656 if (ID) 6657 Enc += ID->getName(); 6658 Enc += "){"; 6659 6660 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically. 6661 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) { 6662 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE; 6663 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E; 6664 ++I) { 6665 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc; 6666 EnumEnc += "m("; 6667 EnumEnc += I->getName(); 6668 EnumEnc += "){"; 6669 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc); 6670 EnumEnc += '}'; 6671 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc)); 6672 } 6673 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end()); 6674 unsigned E = FE.size(); 6675 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) { 6676 if (I) 6677 Enc += ','; 6678 Enc += FE[I].str(); 6679 } 6680 } 6681 Enc += '}'; 6682 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false); 6683 return true; 6684 } 6685 6686 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc. 6687 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding. 6688 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) { 6689 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order. 6690 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"}; 6691 int Lookup = 0; 6692 if (QT.isConstQualified()) 6693 Lookup += 1<<0; 6694 if (QT.isRestrictQualified()) 6695 Lookup += 1<<1; 6696 if (QT.isVolatileQualified()) 6697 Lookup += 1<<2; 6698 Enc += Table[Lookup]; 6699 } 6700 6701 /// Appends built-in types to Enc. 6702 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) { 6703 const char *EncType; 6704 switch (BT->getKind()) { 6705 case BuiltinType::Void: 6706 EncType = "0"; 6707 break; 6708 case BuiltinType::Bool: 6709 EncType = "b"; 6710 break; 6711 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 6712 EncType = "uc"; 6713 break; 6714 case BuiltinType::UChar: 6715 EncType = "uc"; 6716 break; 6717 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6718 EncType = "sc"; 6719 break; 6720 case BuiltinType::UShort: 6721 EncType = "us"; 6722 break; 6723 case BuiltinType::Short: 6724 EncType = "ss"; 6725 break; 6726 case BuiltinType::UInt: 6727 EncType = "ui"; 6728 break; 6729 case BuiltinType::Int: 6730 EncType = "si"; 6731 break; 6732 case BuiltinType::ULong: 6733 EncType = "ul"; 6734 break; 6735 case BuiltinType::Long: 6736 EncType = "sl"; 6737 break; 6738 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 6739 EncType = "ull"; 6740 break; 6741 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6742 EncType = "sll"; 6743 break; 6744 case BuiltinType::Float: 6745 EncType = "ft"; 6746 break; 6747 case BuiltinType::Double: 6748 EncType = "d"; 6749 break; 6750 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 6751 EncType = "ld"; 6752 break; 6753 default: 6754 return false; 6755 } 6756 Enc += EncType; 6757 return true; 6758 } 6759 6760 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee. 6761 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT, 6762 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6763 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6764 Enc += "p("; 6765 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC)) 6766 return false; 6767 Enc += ')'; 6768 return true; 6769 } 6770 6771 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element. 6772 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT, 6773 const ArrayType *AT, 6774 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6775 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) { 6776 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal) 6777 return false; 6778 Enc += "a("; 6779 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 6780 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc); 6781 else 6782 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "". 6783 Enc += ':'; 6784 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6785 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6786 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC)) 6787 return false; 6788 Enc += ')'; 6789 return true; 6790 } 6791 6792 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type 6793 /// and the arguments. 6794 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT, 6795 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6796 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6797 Enc += "f{"; 6798 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC)) 6799 return false; 6800 Enc += "}("; 6801 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6802 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types. 6803 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin(); 6804 auto E = FPT->param_type_end(); 6805 if (I != E) { 6806 do { 6807 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC)) 6808 return false; 6809 ++I; 6810 if (I != E) 6811 Enc += ','; 6812 } while (I != E); 6813 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6814 Enc += ",va"; 6815 } else { 6816 if (FPT->isVariadic()) 6817 Enc += "va"; 6818 else 6819 Enc += '0'; 6820 } 6821 } 6822 Enc += ')'; 6823 return true; 6824 } 6825 6826 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific 6827 /// type encodings. 6828 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType, 6829 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, 6830 TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6831 6832 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType(); 6833 6834 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) 6835 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6836 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6837 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, ""); 6838 6839 appendQualifier(Enc, QT); 6840 6841 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 6842 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT); 6843 6844 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>()) 6845 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC); 6846 6847 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>()) 6848 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6849 6850 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType()) 6851 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6852 6853 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType()) 6854 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier()); 6855 6856 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>()) 6857 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC); 6858 6859 return false; 6860 } 6861 6862 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D, 6863 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) { 6864 if (!D) 6865 return false; 6866 6867 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 6868 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6869 return false; 6870 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC); 6871 } 6872 6873 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 6874 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage) 6875 return false; 6876 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType(); 6877 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) { 6878 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown. 6879 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array. 6880 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here. 6881 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*"); 6882 } 6883 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC); 6884 } 6885 return false; 6886 } 6887 6888 6889 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6890 // Driver code 6891 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6892 6893 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const { 6894 return getTarget().getTriple(); 6895 } 6896 6897 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const { 6898 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO(); 6899 } 6900 6901 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { 6902 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) 6903 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; 6904 6905 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple(); 6906 switch (Triple.getArch()) { 6907 default: 6908 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6909 6910 case llvm::Triple::le32: 6911 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6912 case llvm::Triple::mips: 6913 case llvm::Triple::mipsel: 6914 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); 6915 6916 case llvm::Triple::mips64: 6917 case llvm::Triple::mips64el: 6918 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); 6919 6920 case llvm::Triple::aarch64: 6921 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: { 6922 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS; 6923 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs") 6924 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS; 6925 6926 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6927 } 6928 6929 case llvm::Triple::arm: 6930 case llvm::Triple::armeb: 6931 case llvm::Triple::thumb: 6932 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb: 6933 { 6934 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; 6935 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu") 6936 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; 6937 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" || 6938 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" && 6939 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF)) 6940 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; 6941 6942 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 6943 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 6944 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6945 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6946 default: 6947 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6948 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6949 } 6950 } 6951 6952 case llvm::Triple::ppc: 6953 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6954 case llvm::Triple::ppc64: 6955 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) { 6956 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6957 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2") 6958 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6959 6960 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6961 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6962 } else 6963 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6964 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: { 6965 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!"); 6966 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2; 6967 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1") 6968 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1; 6969 6970 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6971 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); 6972 } 6973 6974 case llvm::Triple::nvptx: 6975 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: 6976 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6977 6978 case llvm::Triple::msp430: 6979 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6980 6981 case llvm::Triple::systemz: 6982 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6983 6984 case llvm::Triple::tce: 6985 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 6986 6987 case llvm::Triple::x86: { 6988 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin(); 6989 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI = 6990 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts); 6991 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment(); 6992 6993 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) { 6994 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 6995 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 6996 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 6997 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 6998 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 6999 } else { 7000 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7001 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, 7002 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI, 7003 IsWin32FloatStructABI, 7004 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); 7005 } 7006 } 7007 7008 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { 7009 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx"; 7010 7011 switch (Triple.getOS()) { 7012 case llvm::Triple::Win32: 7013 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7014 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7015 case llvm::Triple::NaCl: 7016 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7017 new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7018 default: 7019 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = 7020 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX)); 7021 } 7022 } 7023 case llvm::Triple::hexagon: 7024 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7025 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9: 7026 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7027 case llvm::Triple::xcore: 7028 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); 7029 } 7030 } 7031